-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Eqo/w1dGLa4D6Lui6HcrcW8TPeGCfEs5ec3Z0GHgoNexskKZBUNAeAPoxe2B6vD4 YAvnApXXKTsrGt/Z8xiYxA== 0001104659-04-034414.txt : 20041109 0001104659-04-034414.hdr.sgml : 20041109 20041108213954 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-04-034414 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 12 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20040930 FILED AS OF DATE: 20041109 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20041108 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ST PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000086312 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FIRE, MARINE & CASUALTY INSURANCE [6331] IRS NUMBER: 410518860 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MN FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-10898 FILM NUMBER: 041127328 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 385 WASHINGTON ST CITY: SAINT PAUL STATE: MN ZIP: 55102 BUSINESS PHONE: 6123107911 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: ST PAUL FIRE & MARINE INSURANCE CO/MD DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19990219 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: ST PAUL COMPANIES INC/MN/ DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19990219 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: ST PAUL COMPANIES INC /MN/ DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 10-Q 1 a04-12472_110q.htm 10-Q

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

ý             QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004

 

or

 

o     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to                

 


 

Commission file number 001-10898

 


 

The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Minnesota

41-0518860

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

385 Washington Street, Saint Paul, MN 55102

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(651) 310-7911

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes   ý

No   o

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes   ý

No   o

 

 

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, without par value, outstanding at November 2, 2004 was 669,461,689.

 

 



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I - Financial Information

 

 

 

 

Page

Item 1.

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited) - Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

3

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet - September 30, 2004 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2003

4

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity  (Unaudited) - Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

5

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited) - Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

6

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

7

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

50

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

83

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

84

 

 

 

Part II - Other Information

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

84

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

90

 

 

 

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

90

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

90

 

 

 

Item 5.

Other Information

90

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

90

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

91

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

92

 

2



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

5,269

 

$

3,149

 

$

13,762

 

$

9,228

 

Net investment income

 

667

 

458

 

1,928

 

1,370

 

Fee income

 

186

 

134

 

529

 

404

 

Asset management

 

132

 

 

253

 

 

Net realized investment losses

 

(49

)

(23

)

(36

)

 

Other revenues

 

56

 

28

 

133

 

96

 

Total revenues

 

6,261

 

3,746

 

16,569

 

11,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

4,086

 

2,237

 

11,236

 

6,736

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

820

 

512

 

2,151

 

1,458

 

General and administrative expenses

 

861

 

398

 

2,254

 

1,205

 

Interest expense

 

69

 

38

 

171

 

130

 

Total claims and expenses

 

5,836

 

3,185

 

15,812

 

9,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and minority interest

 

425

 

561

 

757

 

1,569

 

Income tax expense

 

72

 

132

 

82

 

377

 

Minority interest, net of tax

 

13

 

3

 

23

 

(15

)

Net income

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.10

 

$

2.78

 

Diluted

 

0.50

 

0.98

 

1.09

 

2.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

665.9

 

434.3

 

588.7

 

434.4

 

Diluted

 

691.2

 

436.7

 

607.0

 

436.7

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(in millions)

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available for sale at fair value (including $1,993 and $696 subject to securities lending and repurchase agreements) (amortized cost $52,374 and $31,478)

 

$

53,642

 

$

33,046

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost $785 and $672)

 

852

 

733

 

Real estate

 

1,091

 

2

 

Mortgage loans

 

200

 

211

 

Short-term securities

 

4,587

 

2,138

 

Other investments

 

3,357

 

2,523

 

Total investments

 

63,729

 

38,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

271

 

352

 

Investment income accrued

 

674

 

362

 

Premiums receivable

 

6,276

 

4,090

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

18,151

 

11,174

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

1,485

 

939

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

1,605

 

965

 

Deferred tax asset

 

1,931

 

678

 

Contractholder receivables

 

5,071

 

3,121

 

Goodwill

 

5,301

 

2,412

 

Intangible assets

 

1,722

 

422

 

Other assets

 

3,467

 

1,704

 

Total assets

 

$

109,683

 

$

64,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

57,380

 

$

34,573

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

11,341

 

7,111

 

Contractholder payables

 

5,071

 

3,121

 

Payables for reinsurance premiums

 

989

 

403

 

Debt

 

6,467

 

2,675

 

Payables for securities lending and repurchase agreements

 

 

711

 

Other liabilities

 

7,546

 

4,291

 

Total liabilities

 

88,794

 

52,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock:

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Ownership Plan – convertible preferred stock (0.6 shares issued and outstanding)

 

209

 

 

Guaranteed obligation – Stock Ownership Plan

 

(5

)

 

Common stock (1,750.0 shares authorized; 669.5 and 437.8 shares issued; 669.2 and 435.8 shares outstanding)

 

17,356

 

10

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

8,705

 

Retained earnings

 

2,595

 

2,290

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

846

 

1,086

 

Treasury stock, at cost (0.3 and 2.0 shares)

 

(12

)

(74

)

Unearned compensation

 

(100

)

(30

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

20,889

 

11,987

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

109,683

 

$

64,872

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

4



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

(in millions)

 

For the nine months ended September 30,

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock - Stock Ownership Plan

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

 

$

 

Preferred stock assumed at merger

 

219

 

 

Redemptions during the period

 

(10

)

 

Balance, end of period

 

209

 

 

Guaranteed obligation – Stock Ownership Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

 

Obligation assumed at merger

 

(15

)

 

Principal payments

 

10

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

(5

)

 

Total preferred shareholders’ equity

 

204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

8,715

 

8,628

 

Shares issued for merger

 

8,607

 

 

Adjustment for treasury stock cancelled and retired at merger

 

(91

)

 

Net shares issued under employee stock-based compensation plans

 

155

 

64

 

Other

 

(30

8

 

Balance, end of period

 

17,356

 

8,700

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

2,290

 

881

 

Net income

 

652

 

1,207

 

Dividends

 

(376

)

(205

)

Other

 

29

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

2,595

 

1,883

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

1,086

 

656

 

Change in net unrealized gain on investment securities, net of reclassification

 

(202

)

319

 

Net change in other

 

(38

)

17

 

Balance, end of period

 

846

 

992

 

Treasury stock (at cost)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

(74

)

(5

)

Treasury stock acquired

 

 

(40

)

Net shares issued under employee stock-based compensation plans

 

(29

)

(22

)

Treasury stock cancelled and retired at merger

 

91

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

(12

)

(67

)

Unearned compensation

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

(30

)

(23

)

Net issuance of restricted stock under employee stock-based compensation plans

 

(64

)

(32

)

Unvested equity-based awards assumed in merger

 

(43

)

 

Equity-based award amortization

 

37

 

19

 

Balance, end of period

 

(100

)

(36

)

Total common shareholders’ equity

 

20,685

 

11,472

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

20,889

 

$

11,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

435.8

 

435.1

 

Common stock assumed at merger

 

229.3

 

 

Net shares issued for employee stock-based compensation plans

 

4.1

 

1.4

 

Treasury stock acquired

 

 

(1.1

)

Balance, end of period

 

669.2

 

435.4

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

5



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(in millions)

 

For the nine months ended September 30,

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized investment losses

 

36

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

360

 

55

 

Deferred federal income taxes (benefit)

 

(178

)

511

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

2,151

 

1,458

 

Premium balances receivable

 

218

 

(178

)

Reinsurance recoverables

 

89

 

71

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

(2,178

)

(1,543

)

Claim and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

3,317

 

118

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

63

 

590

 

Trading account activities

 

19

 

(8

)

Recoveries from former affiliate

 

 

361

 

Other

 

(397

)

243

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

4,152

 

2,885

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

4,019

 

3,484

 

Mortgage loans

 

68

 

48

 

Proceeds from sales of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

4,963

 

7,174

 

Equity securities

 

153

 

209

 

Mortgage loans

 

61

 

 

Real estate

 

29

 

11

 

Purchases of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

(11,546

)

(12,237

)

Equity securities

 

(59

)

(56

)

Mortgage loans

 

(55

)

(12

)

Real estate

 

(32

)

 

Short-term securities (purchased) sold, net

 

(1,457

)

2,594

 

Other investments, net

 

568

 

63

 

Securities transactions in course of settlement

 

(532

)

(3,022

)

Net cash acquired in merger

 

169

 

 

Other

 

25

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(3,626

)

(1,744

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of debt

 

128

 

1,932

 

Payment of debt

 

(227

)

(1,103

)

Payment of note payables to former affiliate

 

 

(700

)

Redemption of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

 

 

(900

)

Issuance of common stock employee stock options

 

89

 

28

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

(40

)

Subsidiary’s treasury stock acquired

 

(24

)

 

Treasury stock acquired – net employee stock-based compensation

 

(20

)

(13

)

Dividends to shareholders

 

(493

)

(201

)

Repurchase of minority interest

 

(76

)

 

Payment of dividend on subsidiary’s stock

 

(7

)

(4

)

Transfer of employee benefit obligations to former affiliates

 

 

(23

)

Other

 

25

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(605

)

(1,024

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(2

)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

(81

)

117

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

352

 

92

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

271

 

$

209

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes (received) paid

 

$

602

 

$

(360

)

Interest paid

 

$

202

 

$

117

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

6



 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

1.              BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company).  On April 1, 2004, Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) merged with a subsidiary of The St. Paul Companies, Inc. (SPC), as a result of which TPC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.  For accounting purposes, this transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with TPC treated as the accounting acquirer.  Accordingly, this transaction was accounted for as a purchase business combination, using TPC’s historical financial information and applying fair value estimates to the acquired assets, liabilities and commitments of SPC as of April 1, 2004.  (See note 2 for a description of the fair value adjustments recorded).  Beginning on April 1, 2004, the results of operations and financial condition of SPC were consolidated with TPC’s.  Accordingly, all financial information presented herein for the three months ended and as of September 30, 2004 includes the consolidated accounts of SPC and TPC.  The financial information presented herein for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 reflects the accounts of TPC for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the consolidated accounts of SPC and TPC for the subsequent six months ended September 30, 2004.  The financial information presented herein for the prior year periods reflects the accounts of TPC.

 

On April 23, 2004, the Company filed an Amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated April 1, 2004 that incorporated the audited financial statements and notes for TPC as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 from TPC’s 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and notes.

 

These financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and are unaudited.  In the opinion of the Company’s management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation, have been reflected.

 

Certain financial information that is normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, but that is not required for interim reporting purposes, has been omitted.  Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

7



 

2.              MERGER

 

On April 1, 2004, each issued and outstanding share of TPC class A and class B common stock (including the associated preferred stock purchase rights) was exchanged for 0.4334 of a share of the Company’s common stock.  Share and per share amounts for all periods presented have been restated to reflect the exchange of TPC’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for the Company’s common stock without designated par value.  Common stock and additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet were also restated to give effect to the difference in par value of the exchanged shares.  Cash was paid in lieu of fractional shares of the Company’s common stock.  Immediately following consummation of the merger, historical TPC shareholders held approximately 66% of the Company’s common stock.

 

Determination of Purchase Price

The stock price used in determining the purchase price was based on an average of the closing prices of SPC common stock for the two trading days before through the two trading days after SPC and TPC announced their merger agreement on November 17, 2003.  The purchase price also includes the fair value of the SPC stock options, the fair value adjustment to SPC’s preferred stock, and other costs of the transaction.  The purchase price was approximately $8.75 billion, and was calculated as follows:

 

(in millions, except stock price per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares of SPC common stock outstanding as of April 1, 2004

 

229.3

 

SPC’s average stock price for the two trading days before through the two trading days after November 17, 2003, the day SPC and TPC announced their merger

 

$

36.86

 

Fair value of SPC’s common stock

 

$

8,452

 

Fair value of approximately 23 million SPC stock options

 

186

 

Excess of fair value over book value of SPC’s convertible preferred stock outstanding, net of the excess of the fair value over the book value of the related guaranteed obligation

 

100

 

Transaction costs of TPC

 

15

 

Purchase price

 

$

8,753

 

 

The primary reasons for the acquisition were, among other things, a) to create a stronger company that will provide significant benefits to shareholders and to customers alike; b) to capitalize on a common strategic focus on delivering the highest value to customers, agents and brokers and, working together, to expand future opportunities and capture new efficiencies; and c) to strengthen the combined company’s position as a leading provider of property and casualty insurance products.

 

8



 

Allocation of the Purchase Price

 

The purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 1, 2004, as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible assets (1)

 

$

5,351

 

Total investments (2)

 

439

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs (3)

 

(100

)

Deferred federal income taxes (4)

 

(246

)

Goodwill (5)

 

2,899

 

Other intangible assets, including the fair value adjustment of claim and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables of $191 (6)(7)

 

1,377

 

Other assets (2)

 

(107

)

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves (3)

 

(26

)

Debt (2)

 

(339

)

Other liabilities (2)

 

(495

)

Allocated purchase price

 

$

8,753

 

 


(1)                Reflects SPC’s shareholders’ equity of $6,439, less SPC’s historical goodwill of $950 and intangible assets of $138.

(2)                Represents adjustments for fair value.

(3)                Represents adjustments to conform SPC’s accounting policies to those of TPC’s.

(4)                Represents a deferred tax liability associated with adjustments to fair value of all assets and liabilities included herein excluding goodwill, as this transaction is not treated as a purchase for tax purposes.

(5)                Represents the excess of the purchase price (cost) over the amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  See notes 9 and 16.

(6)                Represents identified finite and indefinite life intangible assets, primarily customer-related insurance intangibles and management contracts and customer relationships associated with Nuveen Investments, Inc.’s (Nuveen Investments) asset management business.  See note 9.

(7)                An adjustment has been applied to SPC’s claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables at the acquisition date to estimate their fair value.  The fair value adjustment of $191 million was based on management’s estimate of nominal claim and claim expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables (after adjusting for conformity with the acquirer’s accounting policy on discounting of workers’ compensation reserves), expected payment patterns, the April 1, 2004 U.S. Treasury spot rate yield curve, a leverage ratio assumption (reserves to statutory surplus), and a cost of capital expressed as a spread over risk-free rates.  The method used calculates a risk adjustment to a risk-free discounted reserve that will, if reserves run off as expected, produce results that yield the assumed cost-of-capital on the capital supporting the loss reserves.  The fair value adjustment is reported as an intangible asset on the consolidated balance sheet, and the amounts measured in accordance with the acquirer’s accounting policies for insurance contracts are reported as part of the claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables.  The intangible asset will be recognized into income over the expected payment pattern.  Because the time value of money and the risk adjustment (cost of capital) components of the intangible asset run off at different rates, the amount recognized in income may be a net benefit in some periods and a net expense in other periods.

 

9



 

Identification and Valuation of Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization include the following:

 

(in millions)

 

Amount assigned as
of April 1, 2004

 

Weighted-average
amortization period

 

Major intangible asset class

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related (a)

 

$

495

 

7.8 years

 

Marketing-related

 

20

 

2.0 years

 

Contract-based (b)

 

145

 

10.4 years

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables (c)

 

191

 

30.0 years

 

Total

 

$

851

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization include the following:

 

(in millions)

 

Amount
assigned as of
April 1, 2004

 

Major intangible asset class

 

 

 

Marketing-related

 

$

15

 

Contract-based (b)

 

511

 

Total

 

$

526

 

 


(a)                      Primarily includes customer-related insurance intangibles based on rates derived from expected business retention and profitability levels.

(b)                     Contract-based intangibles include management contracts associated with Nuveen Investments’ asset management business based on the present value of expected cash flows related to the management contracts. Amounts related to this business are included at the Company’s 79% approximate ownership interest of Nuveen Investments.

(c)                      See item 7 of the allocation of the purchase price previously presented.

 

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

 

The allocated purchase price calculated above results in an estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the merger date of April 1, 2004, as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired

 

$

42,995

 

Liabilities assumed, including debt obligations totaling $3.98 billion

 

(34,242

)

Allocated purchase price

 

$

8,753

 

 

10



 

Pro Forma Results

 

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the combined results of operations of TPC and SPC for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively, with pro forma purchase accounting adjustments as if the acquisition had been consummated as of the beginning of the periods presented.  This pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition and related transactions been made on the dates indicated, or of future results of the Company.

 

 

 

Nine
months ended
September 30,

 

Three
months ended
September 30,

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

18,825

 

$

17,395

 

$

5,914

 

Net income

 

$

785

 

$

1,672

 

$

589

 

Net income per share – basic

 

$

1.17

 

$

2.51

 

$

0.88

 

Net income per share – diluted

 

$

1.15

 

$

2.46

 

$

0.87

 

 

3.              NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

 

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

In December 2003, the FASB issued Revised Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46R).  FIN 46R, along with its related interpretations, clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.  FIN 46R separates entities into two groups: (1) those for which voting interests are used to determine consolidation and (2) those for which variable interests are used to determine consolidation.  FIN 46R clarifies how to identify a variable interest entity (VIE) and how to determine when a business enterprise should include the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements.  A company that absorbs a majority of a VIE’s expected losses, receives a majority of a VIE’s expected residual returns, or both, is the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE into its financial statements.  FIN 46R also requires disclosure of certain information where the reporting company is the primary beneficiary or holds a significant variable interest in a VIE (but is not the primary beneficiary).

 

FIN 46R is effective for public companies that have interests in VIEs that are considered special-purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003.  Application by public companies for all other types of entities is required for periods ending after March 15, 2004.  The Company adopted FIN 46R effective December 31, 2003.

 

11



 

The Company holds significant interests in hedge fund investments that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and are included in other investments in the consolidated balance sheet.  Hedge funds are unregistered private investment partnerships, funds or pools that may invest and trade in many different markets, strategies and instruments (including securities, non-securities and derivatives).  Three hedge funds were determined to be significant VIEs and have a total value for all investors combined of approximately $200 million as of September 30, 2004.  The Company’s share of these funds has a carrying value of approximately $60 million at September 30, 2004. The Company’s involvement with these funds began in the third quarter of 2002.

 

There are various purposes for the Company’s involvement in these funds, including but not limited to the following:

 

                  To seek capital appreciation by investing and trading in securities including, without limitation, investments in common stock, bonds, notes, debentures, investment contracts, partnership interests, options and warrants.

                  To buy and sell U.S. and non-U.S. assets with primary focus on a diversified pool of structured mortgage and asset-backed securities offering attractive and relative value.

                  To sell securities short primarily to exploit arbitrage opportunities in a broad range of equity and fixed income markets.

 

The Company does not have any unfunded commitments associated with these hedge fund investments, and its exposure to loss is limited to the investment carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company has a significant variable interest in three private equity investments, which are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and are included in other investments in the consolidated balance sheet.  These investments have total assets of approximately $56 million as of September 30, 2004.  The carrying value of the Company's share of these investments was approximately $20 million at September 30, 2004, which also represents its maximum exposure to loss.  The purpose of the Company’s involvement in these entities is to generate investment returns.  The Company has an unfunded commitment of $3 million associated with one of these investments.

 

The following entities, which were acquired in the merger, are consolidated under FIN 46R:

 

                  Municipal Trusts – The Company owns interests in various municipal trusts that were formed for the purpose of allowing more flexibility to generate investment income in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objectives and tax position.  As of September 30, 2004, there were 36 such trusts, which held a combined total of $450 million in municipal securities, of which $84 million were owned by outside investors.  The net carrying value of the trusts owned by the Company at September 30, 2004 was $366  million.

 

                  Venture Capital Entities – In the Company’s venture capital investment portfolio, the Company has investments in small-to-medium sized companies, in which the Company has variable interests through stock ownership and, in some cases, loans.  These investments are held for the purpose of generating long-term investment returns, and the companies in which the Company invests span a variety of business sectors. The Company consolidates three entities under the provisions of FIN 46R.  The combined carrying value of these entities at September 30, 2004 was $5 million.  The Company had an unfunded commitment of $1 million associated with one of these entities.

 

12



 

The following securities, which were acquired in the merger, are not consolidated under FIN 46R:

 

                  Mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of trusts holding solely the subordinated debentures of the Company - These securities were issued by five separate trusts that were established for the sole purpose of issuing the securities to investors, and are fully guaranteed by the Company.  The debt that the Company had issued to these trusts is now included in the “Debt” section of liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  That debt had a carrying value of $1.04 billion at September 30, 2004.

 

In addition to the foregoing entities, the Company also acquired in the merger significant interests in other VIEs which are not consolidated because the Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary.  These entities are as follows:

 

                  The Company has a significant variable interest in one real estate entity.  This investment has total assets of approximately $101 million as of September 30, 2004.  The carrying value of the Company's share of this investment was approximately $47 million at September 30, 2004, which also represents its maximum exposure to loss.  The purpose of the Company’s involvement in this entity is to generate investment returns.

 

                  The Company also has a variable interest in Camperdown UK Limited, which SPC sold in December 2003.  The Company’s variable interest results from an agreement to indemnify the purchaser in the event a specified reserve deficiency develops, a reserve-related foreign exchange impact occurs, or a foreign tax adjustment is imposed on a pre-sale reporting period.  The maximum amount of this indemnification obligation is $185 million.  The fair value of this obligation as of September 30, 2004 was $29 million.

 

Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003

On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (2003 Medicare Act) into law.  The 2003 Medicare Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.  On January 12, 2004, FASB issued Staff Position FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP 106-1), which permits sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide prescription drug benefits to make a one-time election to defer accounting for the effects of the 2003 Medicare Act.  FASB Staff Position FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (FSP 106-2) was issued on May 19, 2004, supersedes FSP 106-1 and provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the 2003 Medicare Act for sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide prescription drug benefits.  FSP 106-2 also requires certain disclosures regarding the effect of the federal subsidy.

 

The Company has concluded that the prescription drug benefits available under the SPC postretirement benefit plan are actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D and thus qualify for the federal subsidy under the 2003 Medicare Act.  The Company also expects that the federal subsidy will offset or reduce the Company’s share of the cost of the underlying postretirement prescription drug coverage on which the subsidy is based.  As a result, the estimated effect of the 2003 Medicare Act was reflected in the purchase accounting remeasurement of the SPC postretirement benefit plan on April 1, 2004.  The effect of this adjustment was a $29 million reduction (with no tax effect) in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of April 1, 2004 and a reduction of $0.5 million and $1.0 million in net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2004, respectively.

 

13



 

Stock-Based Compensation

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure (FAS 148), an amendment to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (FAS 123). Provisions of this statement provide two additional alternative transition methods: modified prospective method and retroactive restatement method, for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. The statement eliminated the use of the original FAS 123 prospective method of transition alternative for those entities that change to the fair value based method in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2003. It also amended the disclosure provisions of FAS 123 to require prominent annual disclosure about the effects on reported net income in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and also requires disclosure about these effects in interim financial statements. These provisions were effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. Accordingly, the Company adopted the applicable disclosure requirements of this statement beginning with year-end 2002 reporting.  The transition provisions of this statement apply upon adoption of the FAS 123 fair value based method.

 

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for its employee stock-based compensation plans as defined in FAS 123. FAS 123 indicates that the fair value based method is the preferred method of accounting.  The Company has elected to use the prospective recognition transition alternative of FAS 148. Under this alternative, only the awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003 will be accounted for in accordance with the fair value method.  The adoption of FAS 123 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

 

14



 

The effect of applying the fair value based method to all outstanding and unvested stock-based employee awards is as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions, except per share data)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects (1)

 

13

 

4

 

32

 

13

 

Deduct:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method, net of related tax effects (2)

 

(19

)

(18

)

(51

)

(54

)

Net income, pro forma

 

$

334

 

$

412

 

$

633

 

$

1,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic – as reported

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.10

 

$

2.78

 

Diluted – as reported

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.09

 

$

2.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic – pro forma

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.95

 

$

1.07

 

$

2.68

 

Diluted – pro forma

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.94

 

$

1.06

 

$

2.67

 

 


(1)                       Represents compensation expense on all restricted stock and stock option awards granted after January 1, 2003.  Data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes SPC data since the April 1, 2004 merger date when SPC conformed to TPC’s method.  Data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 represents data for TPC only.

(2)                       Includes the compensation expense added back in (1).

(3)                       The weighted average number of common shares outstanding applicable to basic and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 has been restated to reflect the exchange of each share of TPC common stock and common stock equivalent for 0.4334 of a share of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the merger described in note 2.

 

Accounting Standard Not Yet Adopted

 

Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings per Share

In October 2004, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 04-8, The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings per Share, providing new guidance on the dilutive effect of contingently convertible debt instruments.  EITF 04-8 requires contingently convertible debt instruments to be included in diluted earnings per share, under the if-converted method, regardless of whether the market price trigger has been met.  Currently, under Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, Earnings per Share (FAS 128), contingently convertible debt instruments which contain market price triggers are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share until the market trigger conditions have been met.

 

15



 

The Company has $893 million of 4.50% convertible junior subordinated notes outstanding which will be subject to the new EITF 04-8 guidance.  These convertible junior subordinated notes mature on April 15, 2032 unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted.  The notes are convertible into approximately 17 million shares of STA common stock at the option of the holder after March 27, 2003 and prior to April 15, 2032 if at any time certain contingency conditions are met. On or after April 18, 2007, the notes may be redeemed at the Company’s option.   As of September 30, 2004, the contingency conditions have not been satisfied and, therefore under the current FAS 128 guidance, are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

EITF 04-8 is effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2004 and requires restatement of prior period earnings per share for comparative periods.  Accordingly, the Company will include the impact of the convertible junior subordinated notes on dilutive earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2004, unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted.  In addition, diluted earnings per share for the period ended December 31, 2003, will be restated from $3.88 per dilutive share to $3.80 per dilutive share for comparative purposes, while diluted earnings per share for the period ended December 31, 2002 will not be restated as the impact would be anti-dilutive.

 

4.              SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Upon completion of the merger on April 1, 2004, the Company was organized into four reportable business segments: Commercial, Specialty, Personal (these three segments collectively represent the Company’s insurance segments) and Asset Management.  The insurance segments reflect how the Company manages its property and casualty insurance products and insurance-related services and represent an aggregation of these products and services based on type of customer, how the business is marketed, and the manner in which the business is underwritten. The Asset Management segment comprises the Company’s 79% interest in Nuveen Investments, Inc., whose core businesses are asset management and related research, as well as the development, marketing and distribution of investment products and services for the affluent, high-net-worth and institutional market segments.

 

For periods prior to the April 1, 2004 merger completion date, segments have been restated from the historical presentation of TPC to conform to the new segment presentation of the Company, where practicable.  As a result, prior period Bond and Construction results were reclassified from the historical TPC Commercial Lines segment to the historical Specialty segment.

 

Invested and other assets and net investment income (NII) of historical TPC had been specifically identified by reporting segment prior to the merger.  Beginning in the second quarter of 2004, the Company developed a methodology to allocate NII and invested assets to the identified segments.  This methodology allocates pretax NII based upon an investable funds concept, which takes into account liabilities (net of non-invested assets) and appropriate capital considerations for each segment.  The investment yield for investable funds reflects the duration of the loss reserves’ future cash flows, the interest rate environment at the time the losses were incurred and A+ rated corporate debt instruments.  This duration yield will be compared to the average portfolio yield and a new average yield will be determined.  It is this average yield that will be used in the calculation of NII on investable funds.  Yields will be updated annually.  Invested assets are allocated to segments in proportion to the pretax allocation of NII.  It is not practicable to apply this methodology to historical businesses and, as such, actual (versus allocated) NII is included in revenues and operating income of the restated segments for periods prior to the merger.  The Company believes that the differences are not significant to a comparison with the new segment presentation.  It is also not practicable to present total assets for restated Commercial and Specialty segments for periods prior to the merger.

 

16



 

The specific business segment attributes are as follows:

 

Commercial

The Commercial segment offers property and casualty insurance and insurance-related services to commercial enterprises and includes certain exposures related to such businesses.  Commercial is organized into three marketing and underwriting groups, each of which focuses on a particular client base and which collectively comprise Commercial’s core operations.  The marketing and underwriting groups include the following:

 

                  Commercial Accounts serves primarily mid-sized businesses for casualty products and large and mid-sized businesses for property products.  Commercial Accounts sells a broad range of property and casualty insurance products including property, general liability, commercial auto and workers’ compensation coverages through a large network of independent agents and brokers.

                  Select Accounts serves small businesses and offers property, liability, commercial auto and workers’ compensation insurance.  Products offered by Select Accounts are guaranteed cost policies, often a packaged product covering property and liability exposures.

                  National Accounts provides casualty products and services to large companies, with particular emphasis on workers’ compensation, general liability and automobile liability.  Insurance products, placed through large national and regional brokers, are generally priced on a loss-sensitive basis (where the ultimate premium or fee charged is adjusted based on actual loss experience), while loss administration services are sold on a fee for service basis to companies who prefer to self-insure all or a portion of their risk.  National Accounts also includes the Company’s residual market business, which primarily offers workers’ compensation products and services to the involuntary market.

 

Commercial also includes the results from the Special Liability Group (which manages the Company’s asbestos and environmental liabilities); the reinsurance, health care, and certain international runoff operations that were acquired in the merger; and policies written by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Gulf Insurance Company (Gulf) (prior to the integration of these products into Specialty).  These operations are collectively referred to as Commercial Other.

 

       Specialty

Specialty is a reportable segment created effective with the merger and consists of specialty business acquired in the merger, into which TPC’s Bond and Construction, formerly included in Commercial, have been transferred.  The Specialty segment provides a full range of standard and specialized insurance coverages and services through dedicated underwriting, claims handling and risk management.  The segment includes two groups: Domestic Specialty and International Specialty.

 

      Domestic Specialty includes several marketing and underwriting groups, each of which possesses customer expertise and offers products and services to address its respective customers’ specific needs.  These groups include Financial and Professional Services, Bond, Construction, Technology, Ocean Marine, Oil and Gas, Public Sector, Underwriting Facilities, Specialty Excess & Surplus, Discover Re and Personal Catastrophe Risk.

      International Specialty includes coverages marketed and underwritten to several specialty customer groups within the United Kingdom, Canada and the Republic of Ireland and the Company’s participation in Lloyd’s.

 

Personal

Personal writes virtually all types of property and casualty insurance covering personal risks.  The primary coverages in this segment are personal automobile and homeowners insurance sold to individuals.

 

17



 

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment is comprised of the Company’s majority interest in Nuveen Investments, Inc., whose core businesses are asset management and related research, as well as the development, marketing and distribution of investment products and services for the affluent, high-net-worth and institutional market segments.  Nuveen Investments distributes its investment products and services, including individually managed accounts, closed-end exchange-traded funds and mutual funds, to the affluent and high-net-worth market segments through unaffiliated intermediary firms including broker/dealers, commercial banks, affiliates of insurance providers, financial planners, accountants, consultants and investment advisors.  Nuveen Investments also provides managed account services to several institutional market segments and channels.  Nuveen Investments markets its capabilities under four distinct brands: NWQ (value-style equities); Nuveen (fixed income investments); Rittenhouse (conservative growth-style equities); and Symphony, an institutional manager of market-neutral alternative investment portfolios.  Nuveen Investments is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, trading under the symbol “JNC.”  The Company’s interest in Nuveen Investments is approximately 79%.

 

The following tables summarize the components of the Company’s revenues, operating income (loss) and total assets by reportable business segments:

 

(at and for the three months ended
September 30, in millions)

 

Commercial

 

Specialty

 

Personal

 

Asset
Management

 

Total
Reportable
Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

2,315

 

$

1,515

 

$

1,439

 

$

 

$

5,269

 

Net investment income

 

417

 

156

 

92

 

 

665

 

Fee income

 

178

 

8

 

 

 

186

 

Asset management

 

 

 

 

132

 

132

 

Other revenues

 

23

 

7

 

22

 

 

52

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

2,933

 

$

1,686

 

$

1,553

 

$

132

 

$

6,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

260

 

$

2

 

$

127

 

$

29

 

$

418

 

Assets

 

$

66,611

 

$

26,344

 

$

11,553

 

$

2,591

 

$

107,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

1,626

 

$

291

 

$

1,232

 

$

n/a

 

$

3,149

 

Net investment income

 

326

 

42

 

90

 

n/a

 

458

 

Fee income

 

131

 

3

 

 

n/a

 

134

 

Other revenues

 

4

 

3

 

20

 

n/a

 

27

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

2,087

 

$

339

 

$

1,342

 

$

n/a

 

$

3,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

328

 

$

51

 

$

88

 

$

n/a

 

$

467

 

Assets

 

n/a

(2)

n/a

(2)

n/a

(2)

n/a

 

$

63,048

 

 


(1)          Operating revenues exclude net realized investment gains (losses) and operating income equals net income excluding the after-tax impact of net realized investment gains (losses).

(2)          It is not practicable to restate assets by segment for prior periods.

 

18



 

 

(at and for the nine months ended
September 30, in millions)

 

Commercial

 

Specialty

 

Personal

 

Asset
Management

 

Total
Reportable
Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

6,404

 

$

3,254

 

$

4,104

 

$

 

$

13,762

 

Net investment income

 

1,253

 

342

 

330

 

 

1,925

 

Fee income

 

510

 

19

 

 

 

529

 

Asset management

 

 

 

 

253

 

253

 

Other revenues

 

49

 

12

 

66

 

 

127

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

8,216

 

$

3,627

 

$

4,500

 

$

253

 

$

16,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) (1)

 

$

1,054

 

$

(864

)

$

561

 

$

56

 

$

807

 

Assets

 

$

66,611

 

$

26,344

 

$

11,553

 

$

2,591

 

$

107,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003 Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

4,811

 

$

854

 

$

3,563

 

$

n/a

 

$

9,228

 

Net investment income

 

964

 

135

 

270

 

n/a

 

1,369

 

Fee income

 

391

 

13

 

 

n/a

 

404

 

Other revenues

 

24

 

6

 

65

 

n/a

 

95

 

Total operating revenues (1)

 

$

6,190

 

$

1,008

 

$

3,898

 

$

n/a

 

$

11,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (1)

 

$

829

 

$

164

 

$

307

 

$

n/a

 

$

1,300

 

Assets

 

n/a

(2)

n/a

(2)

n/a

(2)

n/a

 

$

63,048

 

 


(1)          Operating revenues exclude net realized investment gains (losses) and operating income (loss) equals net income excluding the after-tax impact of net realized investment gains (losses).

(2)          It is not practicable to restate assets by segment for prior periods.

 

19



 

 

 

Three Months
Ended September 30,

 

Nine Months
Ended September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenue reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial multi-peril

 

$

640

 

$

539

 

$

1,813

 

$

1,560

 

Workers’ compensation

 

408

 

281

 

1,094

 

805

 

Commercial automobile

 

428

 

328

 

1,220

 

969

 

Property

 

450

 

254

 

1,213

 

752

 

General liability

 

353

 

186

 

980

 

608

 

Other

 

36

 

38

 

84

 

117

 

Total Commercial

 

2,315

 

1,626

 

6,404

 

4,811

 

Specialty:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Workers’ compensation

 

148

 

20

 

317

 

78

 

Commercial automobile

 

118

 

26

 

263

 

76

 

Property

 

111

 

2

 

224

 

7

 

General liability

 

141

 

 

281

 

 

International

 

304

 

 

612

 

 

Other

 

693

 

243

 

1,557

 

693

 

Total Specialty

 

1,515

 

291

 

3,254

 

854

 

Personal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

851

 

753

 

2,458

 

2,196

 

Homeowners and other

 

588

 

479

 

1,646

 

1,367

 

Total Personal

 

1,439

 

1,232

 

4,104

 

3,563

 

Total earned premiums

 

5,269

 

3,149

 

13,762

 

9,228

 

Net investment income

 

665

 

458

 

1,925

 

1,369

 

Fee income

 

186

 

134

 

529

 

404

 

Other revenues

 

52

 

27

 

127

 

95

 

Total Insurance Operations

 

6,172

 

3,768

 

16,343

 

11,096

 

Asset Management

 

132

 

 

253

 

 

Total operating revenues for reportable segments

 

6,304

 

3,768

 

16,596

 

11,096

 

Interest Expense and Other

 

6

 

1

 

9

 

2

 

Net realized investment losses

 

(49

)

(23

)

(36

)

 

Total consolidated revenues

 

$

6,261

 

$

3,746

 

$

16,569

 

$

11,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income reconciliation, net of tax and minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating income for reportable segments

 

$

418

 

$

467

 

$

807

 

$

1,300

 

Interest Expense and Other

 

(46

)

(25

)

(131

)

(88

)

Total operating income

 

372

 

442

 

676

 

1,212

 

Net realized investment losses

 

(32

)

(16

)

(24

)

(5

)

Total consolidated net income

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets for reportable segments

 

$

107,099

 

$

63,048

 

$

107,099

 

$

63,048

 

Other assets

 

2,584

 

487

 

2,584

 

487

 

Total consolidated assets

 

$

109,683

 

$

63,535

 

$

109,683

 

$

63,535

 

 

20



 

5.     INVESTMENTS

 

The Company’s investment portfolio includes the fixed maturities, equity securities, and other investments acquired in the merger at their fair values as of the merger date.  The fair value at acquisition became the new cost basis for these investments.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investments in fixed maturities classified as available for sale were as follows:

 

(at September 30, 2004, in millions)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair
Value

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$

9,153

 

$

183

 

$

35

 

$

9,301

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

2,980

 

42

 

23

 

2,999

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

24,411

 

882

 

40

 

25,253

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

1,839

 

13

 

13

 

1,839

 

All other corporate bonds

 

13,799

 

355

 

109

 

14,045

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

192

 

14

 

1

 

205

 

Total

 

$

52,374

 

$

1,489

 

$

221

 

$

53,642

 

 

(at December 31, 2003, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through securities

 

$

7,497

 

$

248

 

$

8

 

$

7,737

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

1,343

 

41

 

 

1,384

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

14,616

 

814

 

2

 

15,428

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

243

 

16

 

3

 

256

 

All other corporate bonds

 

7,537

 

475

 

27

 

7,985

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

242

 

16

 

2

 

256

 

Total

 

$

31,478

 

$

1,610

 

$

42

 

$

33,046

 

 

21



 

The cost and fair value of investments in equity securities were as follows:

 

(at September 30, 2004, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair
Value

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

$

173

 

$

21

 

$

2

 

$

192

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

612

 

52

 

4

 

660

 

Total

 

$

785

 

$

73

 

$

6

 

$

852

 

 

(at December 31, 2003, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

$

71

 

$

19

 

$

1

 

$

89

 

Non-redeemable preferred stock

 

601

 

53

 

10

 

644

 

Total

 

$

672

 

$

72

 

$

11

 

$

733

 

 

The cost and fair value of investments in venture capital, which were acquired in the merger and are reported as part of other investments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, were as follows:

 

(at September 30, 2004, in millions)

 

Cost

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Fair Value

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Venture capital

 

$

482

 

$

13

 

$

25

 

$

470

 

 

Impairments

 

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

An investment in a fixed maturity or equity security which is available for sale is impaired if its fair value falls below its book value and the decline is considered to be other-than-temporary.  Factors considered in determining whether a decline is other-than-temporary include the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.  Additionally, for certain securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows (including asset-backed securities), EITF 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, requires the Company to periodically update its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security.  If management determines that the fair value of its securitized financial asset is less than its carrying amount and there has been a decrease in the present value of the estimated cash flows since the last revised estimate, considering both timing and amount, then an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized.

 

A fixed maturity security is impaired if it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due under the security’s contractual terms.  Equity securities are impaired when it becomes apparent that the Company will not recover its cost over the expected holding period.  Further, for securities expected to be sold, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized if the Company does not expect the fair value of a security to recover prior to the expected date of sale.

 

22



 

The Company’s process for reviewing invested assets for impairments during any quarter includes the following:

 

                        identification and evaluation of investments which have possible indications of impairment;

                        analysis of investments with gross unrealized investment losses that have fair values less than 80% of amortized cost during successive quarterly periods over a rolling one-year period;

                        review of portfolio manager(s) recommendations for other-than-temporary impairments based on the investee’s current financial condition, liquidity, near-term recovery prospects and other factors, as well as consideration of other investments that were not recommended for other-than-temporary impairments;

                        consideration of evidential matter, including an evaluation of factors or triggers that would or could cause individual investments to qualify as having other-than-temporary impairments and those that would not support other-than-temporary impairment; and

                        determination of the status of each analyzed investment as other than temporary or not, with documentation of the rationale for the decision.

 

Venture Capital Investments

Other investments include venture capital investments, which are generally non-publicly traded instruments, consisting of early-stage companies and, historically, having a holding period of four to seven years.  These investments have primarily been made in the health care, software and computer services, and networking and information technologies infrastructures industries.  The Company typically is involved with venture capital companies early in their formation, as they are developing and determining the viability of, and market demand for, their product.  Generally, the Company does not expect these venture capital companies to record revenues in the early stages of their development, which can often take three to four years, and does not generally expect them to become profitable for an even longer period of time.  With respect to the Company’s valuation of such non-publicly traded venture capital investments, on a quarterly basis, portfolio managers as well as an internal valuation committee review and consider a variety of factors in determining the potential for loss impairment.  Factors considered include the following:

 

                        the issuer’s most recent financing events;

                        an analysis of whether fundamental deterioration has occurred;

                        whether or not the issuer’s progress has been substantially less than expected;

                        whether or not the valuations have declined significantly in the entity’s market sector;

                        whether or not the internal valuation committee believes it is probable that the issuer will need financing within six months at a lower price than our carrying value; and

                        whether or not the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery, enabling it to receive value equal to or greater than our cost.

 

The quarterly valuation procedures described above are in addition to the portfolio managers’ ongoing responsibility to frequently monitor developments affecting those invested assets, paying particular attention to events that might give rise to impairment write-downs.

 

23



 

Unrealized Investment Losses

The following table summarizes, for all investment securities in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2004, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time those securities have been continuously in an unrealized loss position.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

(at September 30, 2004, in millions)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and pass through securities

 

$

3,804

 

$

34

 

$

30

 

$

1

 

$

3,834

 

$

35

 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

 

1,961

 

22

 

39

 

1

 

2,000

 

23

 

Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions

 

4,664

 

39

 

49

 

1

 

4,713

 

40

 

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

 

1,512

 

12

 

10

 

1

 

1,522

 

13

 

All other corporate bonds

 

7,455

 

105

 

270

 

4

 

7,725

 

109

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

8

 

 

16

 

1

 

24

 

1

 

Total fixed maturities

 

19,404

 

212

 

414

 

9

 

19,818

 

221

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

92

 

2

 

2

 

 

94

 

2

 

Nonredeemable preferred stock

 

69

 

2

 

22

 

2

 

91

 

4

 

Total equity securities

 

161

 

4

 

24

 

2

 

185

 

6

 

Venture capital

 

52

 

25

 

 

 

52

 

25

 

Total

 

$

19,617

 

$

241

 

$

438

 

$

11

 

$

20,055

 

$

252

 

 

Impairment charges included in net realized investment losses were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

9

 

$

6

 

$

23

 

$

62

 

Equity securities

 

2

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

Venture capital

 

12

 

 

26

 

 

Real estate and other

 

5

 

 

8

 

17

 

Total

 

$

28

 

$

7

 

$

62

 

$

84

 

 

24



 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company engages in U.S. Treasury note futures transactions to modify the duration of the investment portfolio as part of its management of exposure to changes in interest rates.  The Company enters into 90-day futures contracts on 2-year, 5-year, 10-year and 30-year U.S. Treasury notes which require a daily mark-to-market settlement with the broker.  The notional value of the open U.S. Treasury futures contracts was $1.33 billion at September 30, 2004.  These derivative instruments are not designated and do not qualify as hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities and as such the daily mark-to-market settlement is reflected in net realized investment gains or losses.

 

During the third quarter of 2004, the Company terminated its interest rate swap agreements which had been acquired in the merger. The notional value of these swaps was $730 million at the time of termination. These interest rate swap agreements were used to manage the exposure of certain of its fixed rate debt to changes in interest rates. These derivative instruments did not qualify for continued hedge accounting following the merger and, as such, the mark-to-market changes in fair value were reflected in net realized investment gains or losses prior to the termination of these agreements.  The Company received net proceeds of $25 million upon termination of these agreements, and recorded a pretax realized investment loss of $2 million.

 

Securities Lending Payable

 

The Company engages in securities lending activities from which it generates net investment income from the lending of certain of its investments to other institutions for short periods of time.  Effective April 1, 2004, the Company entered into a new securities lending agreement.  Borrowers of these securities provide collateral equal to at least 102% of the market value of the loaned securities plus accrued interest.  This collateral is held by a third party custodian, and the Company has the right to access the collateral only in the event that the institution borrowing the Company’s securities is in default under the lending agreement.  Therefore, the Company does not recognize the receipt of the collateral held by the third party custodian or the obligation to return the collateral.  The loaned securities remain a recorded asset of the Company.

 

Prior to April 1, 2004, the Company engaged in securities lending activities where it received cash and marketable securities as collateral.  In those cases where cash collateral was received, the Company reinvested the collateral in a short-term investment pool, the loaned securities remained a recorded asset of the Company and a liability was recorded to recognize the Company’s obligation to return the collateral at the end of the loan.   Where marketable securities had been received as collateral, the collateral was held by a third party custodian, and the Company had the right to access the collateral only in the event that the institution borrowing the Company’s securities was in default under the lending agreement.  In those cases where marketable securities were received as collateral, the Company did not recognize the receipt of the collateral held by the third party custodian or the obligation to return the collateral.  The loaned securities remained a recorded asset of the Company.

 

25



 

6.              CHANGES IN EQUITY FROM NONOWNER SOURCES

 

The Company’s total changes in equity from nonowner sources are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions, after-tax)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

Change in net unrealized gain on investment securities, net of reclassification

 

718

 

(173

)

(202

)

319

 

Other changes

 

2

 

3

 

(38

)

17

 

Total changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

$

1,060

 

$

256

 

$

412

 

$

1,543

 

 

7.              EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

 

EPS has been computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings per Share.  Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  The computation of diluted EPS reflects the effect of potentially dilutive securities.  Excluded from the computation of diluted EPS were approximately 17 million of potentially dilutive shares related to convertible junior subordinated notes payable because the contingency conditions for their issuance have not been satisfied.  See note 3.

 

The weighted average number of common shares outstanding applicable to basic and diluted EPS for all periods presented have been restated to reflect the exchange of each share of TPC common stock for 0.4334 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The following is a reconciliation of the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

26



 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

Preferred stock dividends, net of taxes

 

(2

)

 

(4

)

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

338

 

$

426

 

$

648

 

$

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

338

 

$

426

 

$

648

 

$

1,207

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity unit stock purchase contracts

 

4

 

 

8

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

Zero coupon convertible notes

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

344

 

$

426

 

$

660

 

$

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

665.9

 

434.3

 

588.7

 

434.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

665.9

 

434.3

 

588.7

 

434.4

 

Weighed average effects of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options and other incentive plans

 

2.6

 

2.4

 

3.0

 

2.3

 

Equity unit stock purchase contracts

 

15.2

 

 

10.2

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

5.1

 

 

3.5

 

 

Zero coupon convertible notes

 

2.4

 

 

1.6

 

 

Total

 

691.2

 

436.7

 

607.0

 

436.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income Per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.10

 

$

2.78

 

Diluted

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.09

 

$

2.76

 

 

27



 

8.     CAPITAL AND DEBT

 

Long-term debt and convertible notes payable outstanding were as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes with various maturities from 2004 to 2010

 

$

397

 

$

 

7.875% Notes due 2005

 

238

 

 

7.125% Notes due 2005

 

79

 

 

6.75% Notes due 2006

 

150

 

150

 

5.75% Notes due 2007

 

500

 

 

5.25% Notes due 2007

 

442

 

 

3.75% Notes due 2008

 

400

 

400

 

8.125% Notes due 2010

 

250

 

 

7.81% Notes due on various dates through 2011

 

20

 

24

 

5.00% Notes due 2013

 

500

 

500

 

7.75% Notes due 2026

 

200

 

200

 

7.625% Subordinated debentures due 2027

 

125

 

 

8.47% Subordinated debentures due 2027

 

81

 

 

4.50% Convertible junior subordinated notes payable due 2032

 

893

 

893

 

6.00% Convertible notes payable due 2032

 

 

50

 

6.375% Notes due 2033

 

500

 

500

 

8.50% Subordinated debentures due 2045

 

56

 

 

8.312% Subordinated debentures due 2046

 

73

 

 

7.60% Subordinated debentures due 2050

 

593

 

 

Nuveen Investments’ third-party debt due 2008

 

305

 

 

Commercial paper

 

325

 

 

4.50% Zero coupon convertible notes due 2009

 

117

 

 

Subtotal

 

6,244

 

2,717

 

Unamortized fair value adjustment

 

263

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

(40

)

(42

)

Total

 

$

6,467

 

$

2,675

 

 

The Company’s consolidated balance sheet includes the debt instruments acquired in the merger, which were recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date.  The resulting fair value adjustment is being amortized over the remaining life of the respective debt instruments using the effective-interest method.  The amortization of the fair value adjustment reduced interest expense by $19 million and $38 million in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2004, respectively.

 

28



 

The following table presents the unamortized fair value adjustment and the related effective interest rate on the SPC debt instruments acquired in the merger:

 

(in millions)

 

Issue Rate

 

Maturity Date

 

Unamortized
Fair Value
Purchase
Accounting
Adjustment at
September 30,
2004

 

Effective
Interest Rate to
Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior notes

 

7.875

%

Apr 2005

 

$

8

 

1.645

%

 

 

7.125

%

Jun 2005

 

3

 

1.881

%

 

 

5.750

Mar 2007

 

37

 

2.625

%

 

 

5.250

% (1)

Aug 2007

 

15

 

1.389

%

 

 

8.125

%

Apr 2010

 

47

 

4.257

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

6.4-7.4

%

Through 2010

 

37

 

3.310

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

7.625

%

Dec 2027

 

22

 

6.147

%

 

 

8.470

%

Jan 2027

 

7

 

7.660

%

 

 

8.500

%

Dec 2045

 

17

 

6.362

%

 

 

8.312

%

Jul 2046

 

20

 

6.362

%

 

 

7.600

%

Oct 2050

 

43

 

7.057

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nuveen Investment’s debt

 

4.220

%

Sep 2008

 

6

 

3.674

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero Coupon convertible notes

 

4.500

% (2)

Mar 2009

 

1

 

4.175

%

Unamortized fair value adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

$

263

 

 

 

 


(1)  These notes mature in August 2007.  In July 2002, concurrent with the issuance of 17.8 million of common shares in a public offering, 8.9 million equity units were issued, each having a stated amount of $50, for gross consideration of $443 million.  Each equity unit initially consists of a forward purchase contract maturing in 2005 for the Company’s common stock, and an unsecured $50 senior note of the Company (maturing in 2007).  Total annual distributions on the equity units are at the rate of 9.00%, consisting of interest on the note at a rate of 5.25% and fee payments under the forward contract of 3.75%.  The forward contract requires the investor to purchase, for $50, a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock on the settlement date of August 16, 2005.  The number of shares to be purchased will be determined based on a formula that considers the average trading price of the stock immediately prior to the time of settlement in relation to the $24.20 per share price at the time of the offering.  If the settlement date had been September 30, 2004, the Company would have issued approximately 15 million common shares based on the average trading price of its common stock immediately prior to that date.

(2)  These notes mature in 2009, but are redeemable at any time for an amount equal to the original issue price plus accreted original issue discount.

 

The Company maintains an $800 million commercial paper program and $1 billion of bank credit agreements.  Pursuant to covenants in two of the credit agreements, the Company must maintain an excess of consolidated net worth over goodwill and other intangible assets of not less than $10 billion at all times.  The Company must also maintain a ratio of total consolidated debt to the sum of total consolidated debt plus consolidated net worth of not greater than 0.40 to 1.00.  Pursuant to covenants in a third credit agreement with TPC, TPC and its subsidiaries must maintain combined statutory capital and surplus in excess of $5.5 billion and maintain a ratio of total consolidated debt as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of not greater than 0.45 to 1.00.  The Company was in compliance with those covenants at September 30, 2004, and there were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreements as of that date.

 

29



 

On April 1, 2004, The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of all principal, premiums, if any, and interest on certain debt obligations of its subsidiaries TPC and Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (TIGHI).  The guarantees pertain to the $150 million 6.75% Notes due 2006, the $400 million 3.75% Notes due 2008, the $500 million 5.00% Notes due 2013, the $200 million 7.75% Notes due 2026, the $893 million 4.5% Convertible Notes due 2032 and the $500 million 6.375% Notes due 2033.

 

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory restrictions that limit the maximum amount of dividends available to be paid to their parent without prior approval of insurance regulatory authorities. A maximum of $2.42 billion is available in 2004 for such dividends without prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Department for Connecticut-domiciled subsidiaries and the Minnesota Department of Commerce for Minnesota-domiciled subsidiaries.  The Company received $1.40 billion of dividends from its insurance subsidiaries during the first nine months of 2004.

 

9.     INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

Intangible Assets

The following presents a summary of the Company’s intangible assets by major asset class as of September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

Gross Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangibles subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related

 

$

1,017

 

$

211

 

$

806

 

Marketing-related

 

20

 

5

 

15

 

Contract-based

 

145

 

8

 

137

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables

 

191

 

(47

)

238

 

Total intangibles assets subject to amortization

 

1,373

 

177

 

1,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing-related

 

15

 

-

 

15

 

Contract-based

 

511

 

-

 

511

 

Total intangible assets not subject to amortization

 

526

 

-

 

526

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

1,899

 

$

177

 

$

1,722

 

 

The September 30, 2004 ending balance of $1.72 billion includes $1.38 billion of intangible assets acquired in the merger (see note 2).  Contract-based intangibles include management contracts associated with Nuveen Investments’ asset management business based on the present value of expected cash flows related to the management contracts.  Amounts related to this business are included in the Company’s 79% ownership interest in Nuveen Investments.

 

30



 

The following presents a summary of the Company’s amortization expense for intangible assets by major asset class, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

Three months
ended September 30,
2004

 

Nine months
ended September 30,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related

 

$

39

 

$

91

 

Marketing-related

 

2

 

5

 

Contract-based

 

4

 

8

 

Fair value adjustment on claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables

 

(11

)

(47

)

Total amortization expense

 

$

34

 

$

57

 

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had $422 million of intangible assets, with a gross carrying amount of $555 million and accumulated amortization of $133 million.  All of these intangible assets were customer-related and subject to amortization.  Amortization expense was $12 million and $29 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.

 

Intangible asset amortization expense is estimated to be $35 million for the remainder of 2004, $159 million in 2005, $162 million in 2006, $156 million in 2007, $136 million in 2008, and $110 million in 2009.

 

Goodwill

The Company had goodwill with a carrying amount of $2.41 billion as of December 31, 2003.  As a result of the acquisition of SPC, $2.89 billion of goodwill was recorded on April 1, 2004.  Additional purchase accounting adjustments of $6 million recorded in the third quarter increased goodwill attributable to the acquisition to a total of $2.90 billion as of September 30, 2004.  These additional purchase accounting adjustments primarily represented changes in estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 1, 2004.  The carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill as of September 30, 2004 was $5.30 billion.

 

The following table presents goodwill by segment as of September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,912

 

Specialty

 

907

 

Personal

 

613

 

Asset management

 

1,711

 

Other

 

158

 

Total

 

$

5,301

 

 

31



 

10.  PENSION PLANS AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

The following table summarizes the components of net pension and postretirement benefit expense recognized in the consolidated statement of income for the Company’s plans:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Pension Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

14

 

$

7

 

$

36

 

$

21

 

Interest cost on benefit obligation

 

27

 

9

 

63

 

27

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(36

)

(10

)

(83

)

(29

)

Amortization of unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service cost

 

(1

)

(1

)

(4

)

(4

)

Net actuarial loss

 

2

 

1

 

6

 

4

 

Net benefit expense

 

$

6

 

$

6

 

$

18

 

$

19

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Postretirement benefit plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

1

 

$

 

$

2

 

$

 

Interest cost on benefit obligation

 

4

 

 

10

 

1

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Amortization of unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service cost

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

 

Net benefit expense

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

11

 

$

1

 

 

32



 

11.       CONTINGENCIES, COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

 

Contingencies

 

The following section describes the major pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party or to which any of the Company’s property is subject.

 

Asbestos and Environmental-Related Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of its insurance business, the Company receives claims for insurance arising under policies issued by the Company asserting alleged injuries and damages from asbestos and other hazardous waste and toxic substances which are the subject of related coverage litigation, including, among others, the litigation described below.  The Company continues to be subject to aggressive asbestos-related litigation.  The conditions surrounding the final resolution of these claims and the related litigation continue to change.

 

TPC is involved in bankruptcy and two other significant proceedings relating to ACandS, Inc. (ACandS), formerly a national distributor and installer of products containing asbestos.  The proceedings involve disputes as to whether and to what extent any of ACandS’ potential liabilities for bodily injury asbestos claims are covered by insurance policies issued by TPC.  These proceedings have resulted in decisions favorable to TPC, although those decisions are subject to appellate review.  The status of the various proceedings is described below.

 

ACandS filed for bankruptcy in September 2002 (In re: ACandS, Inc., pending in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware).  In its proposed plan of reorganization, ACandS sought to establish a trust to pay asbestos bodily injury claims against it and sought to assign to the trust its rights under the insurance policies issued by TPC.  The proposed plan and disclosure statement filed by ACandS claimed that ACandS had settled the vast majority of asbestos-related bodily injury claims currently pending against it for approximately $2.80 billion.  ACandS asserts that, based on a prior agreement between TPC and ACandS and ACandS’ interpretation of the July 31, 2003 arbitration panel ruling described below, TPC is liable for 45% of the $2.80 billion.  On January 26, 2004, the bankruptcy court issued a decision rejecting confirmation of ACandS’ proposed plan of reorganization.  The bankruptcy court found, consistent with TPC’s objections to ACandS’ proposed plan, that the proposed plan was not fundamentally fair, was not proposed in good faith and did not comply with Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  ACandS has filed a notice of appeal of the bankruptcy court’s decision and has filed objections to the bankruptcy court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law in the United States District Court.  TPC has moved to dismiss the appeal and objections and has also filed an opposition to ACandS’ objections.

 

One of the proceedings was an arbitration commenced in January 2001 to determine whether and to what extent ACandS’ financial obligations for bodily injury asbestos claims are subject to insurance policy aggregate limits.  On July 31, 2003, the arbitration panel ruled in favor of TPC that asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to the aggregate limits of the policies issued to ACandS, which have been exhausted.  In October 2003, ACandS commenced a lawsuit seeking to vacate the arbitration award as beyond the panel’s scope of authority (ACandS, Inc. v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D.Ct., E.D. Pa.).  On September 16, 2004, the Court entered an order denying ACandS’ motion to vacate the arbitration award.  On October 6, 2004, ACandS filed a notice of appeal.

 

33



 

In the other proceeding, a related case pending before the same court and commenced in September 2000 (ACandS v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D. Ct. E.D. Pa.), ACandS sought a declaration of the extent to which the asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to occurrence limits under insurance policies issued by TPC.  TPC filed a motion to dismiss this action based upon the July 31, 2003 arbitration decision.  The Court found the dispute was moot as a result of the arbitration panel’s decision.  The Court, therefore, based on the arbitration panel’s decision, dismissed the case.  On October 6, 2004, ACandS filed a notice of appeal.

 

While the Company cannot predict the outcome of the appeals of the various ACandS rulings or other legal actions, based on these rulings, the Company would not have any significant obligations under any policies issued by TPC to ACandS.

 

In October 2001 and April 2002, two purported class action suits (Wise v. Travelers and Meninger v. Travelers), were filed against TPC and other insurers (not including SPC) in state court in West Virginia.  These cases were subsequently consolidated into a single proceeding in Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia.  Plaintiffs allege that the insurer defendants engaged in unfair trade practices by inappropriately handling and settling asbestos claims.  The plaintiffs seek to reopen large numbers of settled asbestos claims and to impose liability for damages, including punitive damages, directly on insurers.  Lawsuits similar to Wise were filed in Massachusetts and Hawaii (these suits are collectively referred to as the “Statutory and Hawaii Actions”).  Also, in November 2001, plaintiffs in consolidated asbestos actions pending before a mass tort panel of judges in West Virginia state court moved to amend their complaint to name TPC as a defendant, alleging that TPC and other insurers breached alleged duties to certain users of asbestos products.  In March 2002, the court granted the motion to amend.  Plaintiffs seek damages, including punitive damages.  Lawsuits seeking similar relief and raising allegations similar to those presented in the West Virginia amended complaint are also pending in Ohio and Texas state courts against TPC, SPC and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Corporation (USF&G) and in Louisiana state court against TPC (the claims asserted in these suits, together with the West Virginia suit, are collectively referred to as the “Common Law Claims”).

 

All of the actions against TPC described in the preceding paragraph, other than the Hawaii Actions, had been subject to a temporary restraining order entered by the federal bankruptcy court in New York that had previously presided over and approved the reorganization in bankruptcy of TPC’s former policyholder Johns Manville.  In August 2002, the bankruptcy court conducted a hearing on TPC’s motion for a preliminary injunction prohibiting further prosecution of the lawsuits pursuant to the reorganization plan and related orders.  At the conclusion of this hearing, the court ordered the parties to mediation, appointed a mediator and continued the temporary restraining order.  During 2003, the same bankruptcy court extended the existing injunction to apply to an additional set of cases filed in various state courts in Texas and Ohio as well as to the attorneys who are prosecuting these cases.  The order also enjoined these attorneys and their respective law firms from commencing any further lawsuits against TPC based upon these allegations without the prior approval of the court.  Notwithstanding the injunction, additional Common Law Claims were filed and served on TPC.

 

On November 19, 2003, the parties advised the bankruptcy court that a settlement of the Statutory and Hawaii Actions had been reached.  This settlement includes a lump sum payment of up to $412 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  After continued meetings with the mediator, the parties advised the bankruptcy court on May 25, 2004 that a settlement resolving substantially all pending and similar future Common Law Claims against TPC had also been reached.  This settlement requires a payment of up to $90 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  Each of these settlements was contingent upon, among other things, an order of the bankruptcy court clarifying that all of these claims, and similar future asbestos-related claims against TPC, are barred by prior orders entered by the bankruptcy court in connection with the original Johns-Manville bankruptcy proceedings.

 

34



 

On August 17, 2004, the bankruptcy court entered an order approving the settlements and clarifying its prior orders that all of the pending Statutory and Hawaii Actions and substantially all Common Law Claims pending against TPC are barred.  The order also applies to similar direct action claims that may be filed in the future.

 

Several notices of appeal from that order have been taken and are currently pending.  The Company has no obligation to pay any of the settlement amounts unless and until the orders and relief become final and are not subject to any further appellate review.  It is not possible to predict how appellate courts will rule on the pending appeals.

 

SPC and USF&G, which are not covered by the bankruptcy court rulings on the settlements described above, have numerous defenses in all of the direct action cases asserting Common Law Claims that are pending against them.  Many of these defenses have been raised in initial motions to dismiss filed by SPC and USF&G and other insurers.  There have been favorable rulings during 2003 and 2004 in Texas and during 2004 in Ohio on some of these motions filed by SPC, USF&G and other insurers that dealt with statute of limitations and the validity of the alleged causes of actions.  The plaintiffs in these actions have appealed these favorable rulings.  SPC’s and USF&G’s defenses include the fact that these novel theories have no basis in law; that they are directly at odds with the well established law pertaining to the insured/insurer relationship; that there is no generalized duty to warn as alleged by the plaintiffs; and that the applicable statute of limitations as to many of these claims has long since expired.

 

The Company is defending its asbestos and environmental-related litigation vigorously and believes that it has meritorious defenses; however, the outcome of these disputes is uncertain.  In this regard, the Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive resolution strategies to manage asbestos and environmental loss exposure, including settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.  For a discussion of other information regarding the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asbestos Claims and Litigation”, “– Environmental Claims and Litigation” and “– Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

 

Currently, it is not possible to predict legal outcomes and their impact on the future development of claims and litigation relating to asbestos and environmental claims.  Any such development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.  Because of these uncertainties, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition in future periods.

 

35



 

Other Proceedings

 

Beginning in January 1997, various plaintiffs commenced a series of purported class actions and one multi-party action in various courts against some of TPC’s subsidiaries, dozens of other insurers and the National Council on Compensation Insurance, or the NCCI.  The allegations in the actions are substantially similar.  The plaintiffs generally allege that the defendants conspired to collect excessive or improper premiums on loss-sensitive workers’ compensation insurance policies in violation of state insurance laws, antitrust laws, and state unfair trade practices laws.  Plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages.  After several voluntary dismissals, refilings and consolidations, actions are, or until recently were, pending in the following jurisdictions:  Georgia (Melvin Simon & Associates, Inc., et al. v. Standard Fire Insurance Company, et al.); Tennessee (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company, et al.); Florida (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al. and Bristol Hotel Management Corporation, et al. v. Aetna Casualty & Surety Company, et al.); New Jersey (Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.); Illinois (CR/PL Management Co., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company Group, et al.); Pennsylvania (Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc. v. American Insurance Company, et al.); Missouri (American Freightways Corporation, et al. v. American Insurance Co., et al.); California (Bristol Hotels & Resorts, et al. v. NCCI, et al.);  Texas (Sandwich Chef of Texas, Inc., et al. v. Reliance National Indemnity Insurance Company, et al.); Alabama (Alumax Inc., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.); Michigan (Alumax, Inc., et al. v. National Surety Corp., et al.); Kentucky (Payless Cashways, Inc., et al. v. National Surety Corp. et al.); New York (Burnham Service Corp. v. American Motorists Insurance Company, et al.); and Arizona (Albany International Corp. v. American Home Assurance Company, et al.).

 

The trial courts ordered dismissal of the Alabama, California, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and New York cases, and one of the two Florida cases (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.).  In addition, the trial courts have ordered partial dismissals of five other cases: those pending in Tennessee, New Jersey, Illinois, Missouri and Arizona.  The trial courts in Georgia, Texas and Michigan denied defendants’ motions to dismiss.  The California appellate court reversed the trial court in part and ordered reinstatement of most claims, while the New York appellate court affirmed dismissal in part and allowed plaintiffs to dismiss their remaining claims voluntarily.  The Michigan, Pennsylvania and New Jersey courts denied class certification. The New Jersey appellate court denied plaintiffs’ request to appeal.  After the rulings described above, the plaintiffs withdrew the New York and Michigan cases.  Although the trial court in Texas granted class certification, the appellate court subsequently reversed that ruling, holding that class certification should not have been granted and the United States Supreme Court denied plaintiff’s request for further review of that appellate ruling.  TPC is vigorously defending all of the pending cases and the Company’s management believes TPC has meritorious defenses; however, the outcome of these disputes is uncertain.

 

From time to time the Company is involved in proceedings addressing disputes with its reinsurers regarding the collection of amounts due under the Company's reinsurance agreements. These proceedings may be initiated by the Company or the reinsurers and may involve the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the coverage of particular claims, exclusions under the agreements, as well as counterclaims for rescission of the agreements. One of these disputes is the action described in the following paragraph.

 

Gulf, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPC, brought an action on May 22, 2003, as amended on May 12, 2004, in the Supreme Court of New York, County of New York (Gulf Insurance Company v. Transatlantic Reinsurance Company, et al.), against Transatlantic Reinsurance Company (Transatlantic), XL Reinsurance America, Inc. (XL), Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation (Odyssey), Employers Reinsurance Company (Employers) and Gerling Global Reinsurance Corporation of America (Gerling), to recover amounts due under reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and related to Gulf’s February 2003 settlement of a coverage dispute under a vehicle residual value protection insurance policy.  The reinsurers have asserted counterclaims seeking rescission of the vehicle residual value reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and unspecified damages for breach of contract.  Separate actions filed by Transatlantic and Gerling have been consolidated with the original Gulf action for pre-trial purposes.  On October 1, 2003, Gulf entered into a final settlement agreement with Employers, and all claims and counterclaims with respect to Employers have been dismissed. 

 

36



 

On May 26, 2004, the Court denied Gulf’s motion to dismiss certain claims asserted by Transatlantic and a joint motion by Transatlantic, XL and Odyssey for summary judgment against Gulf.  Discovery is currently proceeding in the matters.  Gulf denies the reinsurers’ allegations, believes that it has a strong legal basis to collect the amounts due under the reinsurance contracts and intends to vigorously pursue the actions.

 

Based on the Company's beliefs about its legal positions in its various reinsurance recovery proceedings, the Company does not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in a future period.

 

TPC and its board of directors were named as defendants in three purported class action lawsuits brought by four of TPC’s former shareholders seeking injunctive relief as well as unspecified monetary damages.  The actions were captioned Henzel, et al. v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT Nov. 17, 2003); Vozzolo v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT Nov. 17, 2003); and Farina v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT December 15, 2003). The Farina complaint also named SPC and its former subsidiary, Adams Acquisition Corp., as defendants.  On March 18, 2004, TPC and SPC announced that all of these lawsuits had been settled, subject to court approval of the settlements.  The settlement included a modification to the termination fee that could have been paid had the merger not been completed, additional disclosure in the proxy statement distributed in connection with the merger and a nominal amount for attorneys’ fees.  In light of the August 2004 shareholder litigation described below, the parties are evaluating how to proceed.

 

Beginning in August 2004, following post-merger announcements by the Company regarding, among other things, the levels of its reserves, shareholders of the Company commenced a number of purported class action lawsuits against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota and the New York State Supreme Court, New York County.  The complaints allege that the Company issued false or misleading statements in connection with the April 2004 merger between TPC and SPC.  The complaints do not specify damages.  In addition, a derivative suit has been filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the District of Minnesota, alleging common law claims arising out of the same facts and circumstances.  The Company believes that these lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend them vigorously.

 

In connection with SPC’s Western MacArthur asbestos litigation, which was recently settled, several purported class action lawsuits were filed in the fourth quarter of 2002 against SPC and its chief executive officer and chief financial officer.  In the first quarter of 2003, the lawsuits were consolidated into a single action, which made various allegations relating to the adequacy of SPC’s previous public disclosures and reserves relating to the Western MacArthur asbestos litigation, and sought unspecified damages and other relief.  In the second quarter of 2004, SPC executed a definitive settlement agreement and the court granted final approval of the settlement in the third quarter of 2004.

 

Following recent announcements by a number of governmental and regulatory authorities of industry-wide investigations of insurance sales practices, a civil purported class action lawsuit was filed on November 1, 2004, in federal court in the District of Minnesota against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors.  The complaint alleges that the Company violated federal securities law by issuing false and misleading statements relating to contingent commissions paid to insurance brokers.  The Company believes the allegations in the complaint are without merit and intends to defend vigorously.

 

SPC had disclosed in its Securities and Exchange Commission filings prior to the merger that its pretax net exposure with regard to surety bonds it had issued on behalf of companies operating in the energy trading sector totaled approximately $336 million at March 31, 2004, with the largest individual exposure approximating $173 million.  In July 2004, the company with the largest individual exposure announced an agreement to provide collateral to support the two surety bonds issued to it by SPC.  In the third quarter of 2004, that company provided all of the collateral required by the July agreement.  As a result of receipt of the collateral and implementation of the July agreement, one of the two bonds has been released and the Company expects to resolve its exposure on the other bond within its previously established reserves.

 

37



 

In addition to those described above, the Company is involved in numerous lawsuits, not involving asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability insurer defending third-party claims brought against policyholders or as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it.  While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could be significant to the Company’s results of operations in a future quarter, in the opinion of the Company’s management it would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations for a calendar year or on the Company’s financial condition or liquidity.

 

As part of ongoing, industry-wide investigations of insurance sales practices, the Company has received subpoenas and similar requests for information from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York, the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Connecticut and the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Minnesota, requesting documents and seeking information relating to the conduct of business between insurance brokers and the Company and its subsidiaries. A number of the Company's subsidiaries have also received similar requests for information from the North Carolina Department of Insurance and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation Division of Insurance. It has been widely reported that other governmental and regulatory authorities are conducting similar inquiries, and the Company and its subsidiaries may receive additional requests for information from these authorities. The Company will cooperate fully with these requests for information.

 

Other Commitments and Guarantees

 

Commitments – The Company has long-term commitments to fund venture capital investments through its subsidiary, St. Paul Venture Capital VI, LLC, through new and existing partnerships, and certain other venture capital entities.  The Company’s total future estimated obligations related to its venture capital investments were $309 million at September 30, 2004.  In the normal course of business, the Company has additional unfunded commitments to partnerships, joint ventures and certain private equity investments in which it invests.  These additional commitments totaled $512 million and $652 million at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.

 

Guarantees – As part of the merger, the Company assumed certain contingent obligations for guarantees related to agency loans, issuances of debt securities, third party loans related to venture capital investments, various guarantees and indemnifications in connection with the transfer of ongoing reinsurance operations to Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd., and various indemnifications related to the sale of business entities.

 

In the ordinary course of selling business entities to third parties, the Company has agreed to indemnify purchasers for losses arising out of breaches of representations and warranties with respect to the business entities being sold, covenants and obligations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries following the closing, and in certain cases obligations arising from undisclosed liabilities, adverse reserve development, premium deficiencies or certain named litigation.  Such indemnification provisions generally survive for periods ranging from 12 months following the applicable closing date to the expiration of the relevant statutes of limitation, or in some cases agreed upon term limitations.  As of September 30, 2004, the aggregate amount of the Company’s quantifiable indemnification obligations in effect for sales of business entities was $1.89 billion.  Certain of these contingent obligations are subject to deductibles which have to be incurred by the obligee before the Company is obligated to make payments.

 

38



 

12.       REINSURANCE

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the effects of assumed and ceded reinsurance transactions.  Assumed reinsurance refers to the acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies have underwritten.  Ceded reinsurance involves transferring certain insurance risks (along with the related written and earned premiums) the Company has underwritten to other insurance companies who agree to share these risks.  The primary purpose of ceded reinsurance is to protect the Company from potential losses in excess of the amount it is prepared to accept.

 

The Company evaluates and monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers under voluntary reinsurance arrangements to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.  In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Company may become involved in coverage disputes with its reinsurers.  In recent years, the Company has experienced an increase in the frequency of these reinsurance coverage disputes.  Some of these disputes could result in lawsuits and arbitrations brought by or against the reinsurers to determine the Company’s rights and obligations under the various reinsurance agreements.  The Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive strategies to manage reinsurance collections and disputes.

 

The Company reports its reinsurance recoverables net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables.  The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing, amounts in dispute, applicable coverage defenses and other relevant factors.  Accordingly, the establishment of reinsurance recoverables and the related allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates.  Amounts deemed to be uncollectible, including amounts due from known insolvent reinsurers, are written off against the allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables.  Any subsequent collections of amounts previously written off are reported as part of underwriting results.

 

The allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables was $727 million and $386 million at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.  The increase in the allowance included $140 million of provisions related to reinsurance recoverables acquired in the merger, $116 million related to conforming the Company’s accounting methods for estimating uncollectible reinsurance and $85 million related to the Company’s ongoing review process described above.

 

39



 

The effects of assumed and ceded reinsurance on premiums written, premiums earned and claims and claim adjustment expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Premiums written

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

5,850

 

$

3,881

 

$

15,678

 

$

11,186

 

Assumed

 

248

 

135

 

650

 

358

 

Ceded

 

(1,048

)

(640

)

(2,546

)

(1,732

)

Net premiums written

 

$

5,050

 

$

3,376

 

$

13,782

 

$

9,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums earned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

5,971

 

$

3,605

 

$

15,638

 

$

10,548

 

Assumed

 

283

 

116

 

747

 

363

 

Ceded

 

(985

)

(572

)

(2,623

)

(1,683

)

Net premiums earned

 

$

5,269

 

$

3,149

 

$

13,762

 

$

9,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

4,403

 

$

2,621

 

$

11,837

 

$

7,821

 

Assumed

 

470

 

60

 

745

 

313

 

Ceded

 

(794

)

(449

)

(1,349

)

(1,414

)

Policyholder dividends

 

7

 

5

 

3

 

16

 

Net claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

$

4,086

 

$

2,237

 

$

11,236

 

$

6,736

 

 

The Company entered into commutation agreements with a major reinsurer, effective June 30, 2004, resulting in a charge of $153 million for amounts received less than the reinsurance balances of approximately $1.26 billion.  In connection with the commutation, the Company also entered into a new reinsurance agreement effective April 1, 2004, that provides $300 million aggregate coverage for the 2000 accident year exposures written by SPC.  Because the new agreement is for events occurring prior to the effective date of the agreement, the resulting $59 million gain has been deferred and will be recognized in earnings as amounts are recovered from the reinsurer.  Under the terms of these agreements, the Company received net cash of approximately $867 million.

 

13.       CLAIMS AND CLAIM ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE RESERVES

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves were as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Property-casualty reserves

 

$

57,240

 

$

34,474

 

Accident and health

 

140

 

99

 

Total

 

$

57,380

 

$

34,573

 

 

40



 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves at September 30, 2004 increased by $22.81 billion over year-end 2003, primarily as a result of the merger with SPC and significant catastrophe losses incurred in the third quarter 2004.  Of this increase, $19.50 billion resulted from including the acquired reserves and $1.34 billion was due to second quarter reserve adjustments ($1.17 billion, net of reinsurance), including actions taken to conform to the Company’s accounting and actuarial methods for construction and surety reserves.

 

Construction claims have three categories of exposures: construction defect, construction wrap-up and contractor. In the Company’s experience, construction defect and wrap-up have been the most complex and subject to variability.  Construction defect claims relate to property damage claims that result from errors a contractor makes during a project that are not known until after the project is completed.  Construction wrap-up exposures relate to insurance programs, such as workers’ compensation and general liability, for construction projects in which all contractors working on such a project are covered under the programs.

 

During the second quarter, the Company analyzed the acquired construction reserves using its long-established unit which tracks, disaggregates and studies construction claims for these three categories.  The Company applied its actuarial models and experience and then determined that $500 million of additional reserves would be recorded.  The Company recorded this amount as a charge in the second quarter since it determined that the effect of the change in accounting and actuarial methods was inseparable from the effect of the change in estimate.

 

The change in surety reserves has two components: (1) conformity of accounting and actuarial methods and (2) net strengthening of reserves due to the financial condition of a construction contractor.

 

With respect to conformity of methodologies, the Company establishes its surety reserves when it is determined that a contractor is not likely to be capable of completing its bonded obligations in accordance with their respective terms (i.e., reserves are evaluated on a contractor-by-contractor basis). The acquired reserves were established for each bond when it was determined that the individual project was not likely to be completed in accordance with its terms (i.e., reserves were evaluated on a project-by-project basis).  This change, along with other conformity changes, resulted in a pretax increase in surety reserves of $470 million ($300 million, net of reinsurance).  This also resulted in an additional liability, primarily for reinstatement premiums, of $75 million, which was reported in payables for reinsurance premiums.

 

Also, in response to first quarter developments that included requests for additional advances by a specific construction contractor and that resulted in a first quarter charge by SPC, a comprehensive update of exposures to this construction contractor was completed in the second quarter.  Detailed reviews performed by independent engineering and accounting firms resulted in increases in estimates of costs to complete the contractor’s existing projects. The Company also performed analyses of the contractor’s business and financial condition, the impact of various completion alternatives on the cost to complete bonded projects, liquidated damages, reinsurance recoveries, co-surety participation and collateral.  Based upon these analyses, the Company recorded an increase of $252 million to its surety reserves in the second quarter.

 

In total, the Company recorded charges of $722 million ($552 million, net of reinsurance), related to the acquired surety reserves during the second quarter since it determined that the effect of the change in accounting and actuarial methods was inseparable from the effect of the change in estimate.

 

Separately, the fair value adjustments to the acquired claims and claim adjustment expense reserves and reinsurance recoverables as of April 1, 2004, the merger date, are reported as intangible assets and are being amortized over the expected payout period of the acquired reserves.  See note 2.

 

41



 

Impact of Catastrophe Losses

 

The Company recorded pretax catastrophe losses, net of reinsurance, of $612 million ($402 million after-tax) in the third quarter of 2004, all of which resulted from four hurricanes – Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne – that made landfall in the southeastern United States, with the heaviest damage occurring in Florida.  Gross catastrophe losses incurred in the third quarter of 2004 totaled $729 million.  Catastrophe losses in the third quarter of 2003, net of reinsurance, totaled $128 million ($83 million after-tax) and were largely the result of Hurricane Isabel.  Those losses were included in the Company’s business segments in the respective periods as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

(in millions)

 

Pretax

 

After-tax

 

Pretax

 

After-tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

284

 

$

184

 

$

36

 

$

23

 

Specialty

 

186

 

126

 

 

 

Personal

 

142

 

92

 

92

 

60

 

Total

 

$

612

 

$

402

 

$

128

 

$

83

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, catastrophe losses totaled $656 million ($431 million after-tax), compared with catastrophe losses of $306 million ($199 million after-tax) in the same period of 2003.

 

14.       RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

 

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company’s management approved and committed to plans to terminate and relocate certain employees and to exit certain activities.  The cost of these actions has been recognized as a liability and is included in either the allocation of the purchase price or recorded as part of general and administrative expenses.  The following table summarizes the Company’s costs related to these plans.

 

(in millions)

 

Accrued Costs

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

Balance at
September 30,
2004

 

Charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee termination and relocation costs

 

$

71

 

$

(32

)

$

 

$

39

 

Costs to exit leases

 

4

 

(1

)

 

3

 

Other exit costs

 

4

 

(2

)

 

2

 

Total included in the allocation of purchase price

 

79

 

(35

)

 

44

 

Employee termination costs included in general and administrative expenses

 

40

 

(2

)

1

 

39

 

Total restructuring costs

 

$

119

 

$

(37

)

$

1

 

$

83

 

 

Employee termination and relocation costs consist primarily of severance benefits for which payments will be substantially completed by the end of 2006.  Costs to exit leases include remaining lease obligations on properties to be vacated by the Company and are expected to be fully paid by the end of 2007.  Other exit costs include the remaining costs related to a redundant computer software contract which are expected to be fully paid by the end of 2005.

 

42



 

15.       INCENTIVE PLANS

 

In accordance with the merger agreement, the outstanding stock options to purchase shares in TPC common stock were converted into options to purchase the Company’s common stock, and the restricted stock awards in TPC common stock were converted to restricted stock awards in the Company’s common stock.  These stock options and restricted stock awards retained the same terms and conditions that were applicable prior to the conversion.  The 0.4334 merger exchange ratio was applied to the outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards to reflect this conversion.  Under the TPC stock option programs, the exercise price is equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant.  Generally, options vest 20% each year over a five-year period and may be exercised for a period of ten years from date of grant.

 

Also in connection with the merger, the Company assumed 23 million outstanding SPC stock options, of which approximately 4 million remained unvested, and assumed approximately 240,000 of outstanding SPC restricted stock awards related to SPC equity-based compensation plans.  These stock options and restricted stock awards retained the same terms and conditions that were applicable prior to the merger.  Under the SPC stock option programs, the exercise price is equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant.  Generally, options vest 25% each year over a four-year period and may be exercised for a period of ten years from date of grant.  Under the SPC Capital Accumulation Plan, the number of shares included in the restricted stock award is calculated at a 10% discount from the market price at the time of the award and generally vests in full after a two-year period.  The estimated fair value of all the outstanding SPC stock options at April 1, 2004 was $186 million and was included in the determination of the purchase price based upon the announcement date market price per share of SPC common stock, using an option-pricing model.  The unvested stock option awards and the restricted stock awards require the holder to render service during the vesting period and are therefore considered unearned compensation.  At April 1, 2004, the estimated fair values of the unvested awards and restricted stock awards were $35 million and $9 million, respectively, and have been included in unearned compensation as a separate component of equity.  The unearned compensation expense is being recognized as a charge to income over the remaining vesting period.

 

On January 22, 2004 and January 23, 2003, TPC, through its Capital Accumulation Program, issued 847,593 and 842,368 shares, respectively, of class A common stock in the form of restricted stock to participating officers and other key employees.  The fair value per share of the class A common stock was $41.35 and $37.33, respectively.  The shares issued and the fair value of the class A common stock have been restated to reflect the exchange of each share of TPC common stock for 0.4334 shares of the Company’s stock.  The restricted stock generally vests after a three-year period.  Except under limited circumstances, during this period the stock cannot be sold or transferred by the participant, who is required to render service to the Company during the restricted period.  The unamortized unearned compensation expense associated with these awards is included as unearned compensation as a separate component of equity in the consolidated balance sheet.  Unearned compensation expense is recognized as a charge to income ratably over the vesting period.

 

On April 27, 2004, the Company, through the Travelers Property Casualty Corp. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, issued approximately 682,000 shares of common stock in the form of restricted stock and approximately 1,079,000 options to purchase the Company’s common stock as a special management award to legacy TPC participating officers and other key employees.  The fair value per share of the common stock was $42.55, which was the grant value of the restricted stock and also the exercise price of the options.  The restricted stock generally vests after a three-year period while the stock options vest 50% in year two and 25% in each of the following two years.  Except under limited circumstances during the vesting period, the stock cannot be sold or transferred by the participant, who is required to render service to the Company during the restricted period.  Compensation expense is recognized as a charge to income over the vesting period.

 

43



 

In addition to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans discussed above, Nuveen Investments has an equity-based compensation plan in which awards are granted in Nuveen Investments’ publicly traded common stock.  The after-tax compensation cost associated with these awards included in the Company’s earnings was approximately $5 million.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors, in connection with the merger, adopted The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2004 Incentive Plan), which was also approved by the Company’s shareholders on July 28, 2004.  The purposes of the 2004 Incentive Plan are to reward the efforts of the Company’s non-employee directors, executive officers and other employees and to attract new personnel by providing incentives in the form of stock-based awards.  The 2004 Incentive Plan permits grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, stock units, performance awards and other stock-based or stock-denominated awards with respect to the Company’s common stock.  The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Incentive Plan is 35 million shares.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors, in connection with the merger, also adopted a compensation plan for non-employee directors (the directors plan) on the same date.  Under the directors plan, the directors receive their annual compensation in the form of a retainer, a deferred stock award and a stock option award.  Each director may choose to receive their annual retainer in the form of cash, common stock or deferred stock.  Deferred stock awards vest one year after the date of award and may accumulate until distribution at a future date or upon termination of their service.  The shares of the Company’s common stock issued under the directors plan are awarded as part of the 2004 Incentive Plan.

 

16.       INCOME TAXES

 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

99

 

$

60

 

$

213

 

$

(138

)

Deferred

 

(62

)

70

 

(187

)

510

 

Total federal income tax expense

 

37

 

130

 

26

 

372

 

Foreign

 

28

 

2

 

42

 

5

 

State

 

7

 

 

14

 

 

Total income tax expense

 

$

72

 

$

132

 

$

82

 

$

377

 

 

The Company’s net deferred tax asset increased by $1.25 billion from the period December 31, 2003 to September 30, 2004.  This increase was primarily due to the addition of $937 million of deferred tax assets as a result of the merger and a reduction in the Company’s unrealized investment gains during that period.

 

44



 

17.       OTHER ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

 

Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd. (Platinum)

In June 2004, the Company sold six million shares of common stock of Platinum that it had acquired in connection with the merger.  Total proceeds from the sale were approximately $177 million, which resulted in a net after-tax realized investment loss of $13 million.  The carrying value of the Company’s investment in Platinum had been adjusted to fair value as of the April 1, 2004 merger date as a purchase accounting adjustment.  The Company retained its ownership of options to purchase up to six million additional Platinum common shares at an exercise price of $27 per share, which represents 120% of the initial public offering price of Platinum’s shares.

 

Commercial Insurance Resources, Inc.

On August 1, 2002, Commercial Insurance Resources, Inc. (CIRI), a subsidiary of the Company and the holding company for the Gulf Insurance Group, completed a transaction with a group of outside investors and senior employees of Gulf Insurance Group.  Capital investments made by the investors and employees included $85.9 million of mandatorily convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.83 per share, $49.7 million of aggregate principal of convertible notes and $0.4 million of common shares at a purchase price of $8.83 per share, representing a 24% ownership interest, on a fully diluted basis.  The dividend rate on the preferred stock was 6%.  The interest rate on the notes was 6.0% payable on an interest-only basis.  The notes were to mature on December 31, 2032.  Trident II, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Capital Professionals Fund, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Employees’ Securities Company, L.P. and Trident Gulf Holding, LLC (collectively, Trident) invested $125 million, and a group of approximately 75 senior employees of Gulf Insurance Group invested $14.2 million.  Fifty percent of the CIRI senior employees’ investment was financed by CIRI.  The financing was collateralized by the CIRI securities purchased and was forgivable if Trident achieved certain investment returns.  The applicable agreements provided for registration rights and transfer rights and restrictions and other matters customarily addressed in agreements with minority investors.

 

On May 28, 2004, The Travelers Indemnity Company (Indemnity), a subsidiary of the Company, completed its previously announced transaction with Trident to purchase all of the outstanding shares (8,970,000 shares) of the mandatorily convertible preferred stock held by Trident at a purchase price of $8.83 per share and the convertible notes held by Trident for $45.8 million.  By June 30, 2004, Indemnity completed its purchase from employees of $6.6 million of the mandatorily convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.83 per share, convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $3.8 million, and common equity of $3.1 million at a purchase price of $8.83 per share.  The notes that were previously issued to employees to finance 50% of their investment in CIRI were assumed by Indemnity as part of the agreement to purchase the employees’ investments in CIRI.  The excess of the cost to repurchase the minority interest over the minority interest carrying value on the consolidated balance sheet was recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital during the second quarter.

 

45



 

18.       CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

The following consolidating financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries have been prepared pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.  These consolidating financial statements have been prepared from the Company’s financial information on the same basis of accounting as the consolidated financial statements.  The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed certain debt obligations of TPC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, which totaled $2.64 billion as of September 30, 2004.

 

Prior to the merger, TPC fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of all principal, premiums, if any, and interest on certain debt obligations of its wholly-owned subsidiary TIGHI.  The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed such guarantee obligations of TPC.  TPC is deemed to have no assets or operations independent of TIGHI.  Consolidating financial information for TIGHI has not been presented herein because such financial information would be substantially the same as the financial information provided for TPC.

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)
For the three months ended September 30, 2004
(in millions)

 

 

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

St. Paul
Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

3,465

 

$

1,804

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,269

 

Net investment income

 

450

 

215

 

2

 

 

667

 

Fee income

 

176

 

10

 

 

 

186

 

Asset management

 

 

132

 

 

 

132

 

Net realized investment losses

 

(11

)

(33

)

(5

)

 

(49

)

Other revenues

 

30

 

28

 

2

 

(4

)

56

 

Total revenues

 

4,110

 

2,156

 

(1

)

(4

)

6,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

2,495

 

1,591

 

 

 

4,086

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

558

 

262

 

 

 

820

 

General and administrative expenses

 

465

 

394

 

4

 

(2

)

861

 

Interest expense

 

35

 

2

 

34

 

(2

)

69

 

Total claims and expenses

 

3,553

 

2,249

 

38

 

(4

)

5,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

 

557

 

(93

)

(39

)

 

425

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

123

 

(37

)

(14

)

 

72

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

365

 

(365

)

 

Minority interest, net of tax

 

3

 

10

 

 

 

13

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

431

 

$

(66

)

$

340

 

$

(365

)

$

340

 

 


(1)          Parent company only

 

46



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME (Unaudited)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2004
(in millions)

 

 

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

St. Paul
Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums

 

$

10,186

 

$

3,576

 

$

 

$

 

$

13,762

 

Net investment income

 

1,526

 

400

 

3

 

(1

)

1,928

 

Fee income

 

511

 

18

 

 

 

529

 

Asset management

 

 

253

 

 

 

253

 

Net realized investment gains (losses)

 

128

 

(99

)

(65

)

 

(36

)

Other revenues

 

101

 

36

 

3

 

(7

)

133

 

Total revenues

 

12,452

 

4,184

 

(59

)

(8

)

16,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

6,916

 

4,320

 

 

 

11,236

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

1,622

 

529

 

 

 

2,151

 

General and administrative expenses

 

1,430

 

809

 

18

 

(3

)

2,254

 

Interest expense

 

108

 

5

 

63

 

(5

)

171

 

Total claims and expenses

 

10,076

 

5,663

 

81

 

(8

)

15,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

 

2,376

 

(1,479

)

(140

)

 

757

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

641

 

(515

)

(44

)

 

82

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

 

 

 

748

 

(748

)

 

Minority interest, net of tax

 

8

 

15

 

 

 

23

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,727

 

$

(979

)

$

652

 

$

(748

)

$

652

 

 


(1)          Parent company only

 

47



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (Unaudited)
At September 30, 2004

 

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

St. Paul
Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities, available for sale at fair value (including$1,993 subject to securities lending and repurchase agreements) (amortized cost $52,374)

 

$

33,897

 

$

19,716

 

$

34

 

$

(5

)

$

53,642

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost $785)

 

659

 

123

 

70

 

 

852

 

Real estate

 

2

 

1,089

 

 

 

1,091

 

Mortgage loans

 

158

 

42

 

 

 

200

 

Short-term securities

 

3,177

 

1,297

 

113

 

 

4,587

 

Other investments

 

2,217

 

1,095

 

45

 

 

3,357

 

Total investments

 

40,110

 

23,362

 

262

 

(5

)

63,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

168

 

103

 

 

 

271

 

Investment income accrued

 

399

 

276

 

5

 

(6

)

674

 

Premiums receivable

 

4,099

 

2,177

 

 

 

6,276

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

10,616

 

7,535

 

 

 

18,151

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

818

 

667

 

 

 

1,485

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

1,041

 

564

 

 

 

1,605

 

Deferred tax asset

 

855

 

1,090

 

157

 

(171

)

1,931

 

Contractholder receivables

 

3,485

 

1,586

 

 

 

5,071

 

Goodwill

 

2,412

 

2,889

 

 

 

5,301

 

Intangible assets

 

367

 

1,355

 

 

 

1,722

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

23,687

 

(23,687

)

 

Other assets

 

1,851

 

2,218

 

(321

)

(281

)

3,467

 

Total assets

 

$

66,221

 

$

43,822

 

$

23,790

 

$

(24,150

)

$

109,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

35,076

 

$

22,304

 

$

 

$

 

$

57,380

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

7,244

 

4,097

 

 

 

11,341

 

Contractholder payables

 

3,485

 

1,586

 

 

 

5,071

 

Payables for reinsurance premiums

 

279

 

710

 

 

 

989

 

Debt

 

2,623

 

480

 

3,650

 

(286

)

6,467

 

Other liabilities

 

5,034

 

3,234

 

(749

)

27

 

7,546

 

Total liabilities

 

53,741

 

32,411

 

2,901

 

(259

)

88,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Ownership Plan – convertible preferred stock (0.6 shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

29

 

209

 

(29

)

209

 

Guaranteed obligation – Stock Ownership Plan

 

 

 

(5

)

 

(5

)

Common stock (1,750.0 shares authorized; 669.5 shares issued; 669.2 shares outstanding)

 

4

 

754

 

17,356

 

(758

)

17,356

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

8,708

 

8,259

 

 

(16,967

)

 

Retained earnings

 

2,934

 

2,543

 

2,595

 

(5,477

)

2,595

 

Accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources

 

914

 

(61

)

846

 

(853

)

846

 

Treasury stock, at cost (0.3 shares)

 

(12

)

 

(12

)

12

 

(12

)

Unearned compensation

 

(68

)

 

(100

)

68

 

(100

)

Minority interest

 

 

(113

)

 

113

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

12,480

 

11,411

 

20,889

 

(23,891

)

20,889

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

66,221

 

$

43,822

 

$

23,790

 

$

(24,150

)

$

109,683

 

 


(1)          Parent company only

 

48



 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2004

 

(in millions)

 

TPC

 

Other
Subsidiaries

 

St. Paul
Travelers (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,727

 

$

(979

)

$

652

 

$

(748

$

652

 

Net adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

1,124

 

2,439

 

(810

)

747

 

3,500

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

2,851

 

1,460

 

(158

)

(1

)

4,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

2,958

 

1,060

 

1

 

 

4,019

 

Mortgage loans

 

68

 

 

 

 

68

 

Proceeds from sales of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

3,766

 

1,197

 

 

 

4,963

 

Equity securities

 

121

 

12

 

20

 

 

153

 

Mortgage loans

 

40

 

21

 

 

 

61

 

Real estate

 

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

Purchases of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

(7,760

)

(3,785

)

(1

)

 

(11,546

)

Equity securities

 

(41

)

(18

)

 

 

(59

)

Mortgage loans

 

(55

)

 

 

 

(55

)

Real estate

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(32

)

Short-term securities (purchased) sold, net

 

(1,039

)

(346

)

(73

)

1

 

(1,457

)

Other investments, net

 

378

 

190

 

 

 

568

 

Securities transactions in course of settlement

 

(277

)

(255

)

 

 

(532

)

Net cash acquired in merger

 

(16

)

186

 

(1

)

 

169

 

Other

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(1,857

)

(1,716

)

(54

)

1

 

(3,626

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of debt

 

 

 

128

 

 

128

 

Payment of debt

 

(54

)

 

(173

)

 

(227

)

Issuance of common stock-employee stock options

 

53

 

10

 

26

 

 

89

 

Subsidiary’s treasury stock acquired

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(24

)

Treasury stock acquired – net shares issued under employee stock-based compensation plans

 

(20

)

 

 

 

(20

)

Dividends (paid to) received by parent company

 

(1,000

)

(172

)

1,172

 

 

 

Capital contributions and loans between subsidiaries

 

 

550

 

(550

)

 

 

Dividends to shareholders

 

(81

)

 

(412

)

 

(493

)

Repurchase of minority interest

 

(76

)

 

 

 

(76

)

Payment of dividend on subsidiary’s stock

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(7

)

Other

 

 

4

 

21

 

 

25

 

Net cash provided (used) in financing activities

 

(1,178

)

361

 

212

 

 

(605

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

(184

)

103

 

 

 

(81

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

352

 

 

 

 

352

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

168

 

$

103

 

$

 

$

 

$

271

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes (received) paid

 

$

731

 

$

55

 

$

(184

)

$

 

$

602

 

Interest paid

 

$

115

 

$

 

$

87

 

$

 

$

202

 

 


(1)          Parent company only

 

49



 

Item 2.                                   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company).  On April 1, 2004, Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) merged with a subsidiary of The St. Paul Companies, Inc. (SPC), as a result of which TPC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.  Each share of TPC par value $0.01 class A, including the associated preferred stock purchase rights, and TPC par value $0.01 class B common stock was exchanged for 0.4334 of a share of the Company’s common stock without designated par value.  Share and per share amounts for all periods presented have been restated to reflect the second quarter exchange of TPC common stock for the Company’s common stock.  For accounting purposes, this transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with TPC treated as the accounting acquirer.  Accordingly, this transaction was accounted for as a purchase business combination, using TPC historical financial information and applying fair value estimates to the acquired assets, liabilities, and commitments of SPC as of April 1, 2004.  Beginning on April 1, 2004, the results of operations and financial condition of SPC were consolidated with TPC’s.  Accordingly, all financial information presented herein for the three months ended and as of September 30, 2004 includes the consolidated accounts of SPC and TPC.  The financial information presented herein for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 reflects the accounts of TPC for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the consolidated accounts of SPC and TPC for the six months ended September 30, 2004.  The financial information presented herein for the prior year periods reflects the accounts of TPC.

 

On April 23, 2004, the Company filed an Amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated April 1, 2004 that incorporated the audited financial statements and notes for TPC as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 from TPC’s 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and notes.

 

For more information regarding the completion of the merger, including the calculation and allocation of the purchase price, refer to note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

2004 Third Quarter Consolidated Results of Operations

                  Net income of $340 million, or $0.51 per share basic and $0.50 diluted

                  Net written premiums of $5.05 billion

                  Total catastrophe losses of $612 million pretax (net of reinsurance) and $402 million after-tax resulting from Hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne

                  GAAP combined ratio of 103.8, including 11.6 points from catastrophe losses

                  Net investment income of $514 million, after-tax

                  Moderating rate environment due to more aggressive pricing in the marketplace

 

2004 Third Quarter Consolidated Financial Condition

                  Total assets of $109.68 billion, up $44.81 billion from December 31, 2003, reflecting impact of merger

                  Total investments of $63.73 billion, up $3.51 billion from June 30, 2004 and $25.08 billion from December 31, 2003; fixed maturities and short-term securities comprise 91% of total investments

                  Total debt of $6.47 billion, up $3.79 billion from December 31, 2003 primarily due to merger

                  Shareholders’ equity of $20.89 billion (including $718 million increase in after-tax unrealized appreciation on investment securities since June 30, 2004), up $8.90 billion from December 31, 2003

 

50



 

Other 2004 Third Quarter Highlights

                  Favorable decision in U.S. District Court pertaining to ACandS asbestos litigation (described in more detail in the “Legal Proceedings” section of this report)

 

CONSOLIDATED OVERVIEW

 

The Company provides a wide range of property and casualty insurance products and services to businesses, government units, associations and individuals, primarily in the United States and in selected international markets.  Through its majority ownership of Nuveen Investments, Inc. (Nuveen Investments), it also has a presence in the asset management industry.

 

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

340

 

$

426

 

$

652

 

$

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.10

 

$

2.78

 

Diluted

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.09

 

$

2.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (basic)

 

665.9

 

434.3

 

588.7

 

434.4

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents (diluted)

 

691.2

 

436.7

 

607.0

 

436.7

 

 

The Company’s discussions related to all items, other than net income and operating income (loss), are presented on a pretax basis, unless otherwise noted.

 

Impact of Catastrophe Losses

 

The Company recorded pretax catastrophe losses of $612 million, net of reinsurance ($402 million after-tax), in the third quarter of 2004, all of which resulted from four hurricanes – Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne – that made landfall in the southeastern United States, with the heaviest damage occurring in Florida.  Catastrophe losses in the third quarter of 2003 totaled $128 million ($83 million after-tax) and were largely the result of Hurricane Isabel.  Those losses were included in the Company’s business segments in the respective periods as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

(in millions)

 

Pretax

 

After-tax

 

Pretax

 

After-tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

284

 

$

184

 

$

36

 

$

23

 

Specialty

 

186

 

126

 

 

 

Personal

 

142

 

92

 

92

 

60

 

Total

 

$

612

 

$

402

 

$

128

 

$

83

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, catastrophe losses totaled $656 million ($431 million after-tax), compared with catastrophe losses of $306 million ($199 million after-tax) in the same period of 2003.

 

51



 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, net income of $652 million also included $1.01 billion of after-tax unfavorable prior year reserve development and $26 million of after-tax restructuring charges associated with the merger.

 

Consolidated revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

5,269

 

$

3,149

 

$

13,762

 

$

9,228

 

Net investment income

 

667

 

458

 

1,928

 

1,370

 

Fee income

 

186

 

134

 

529

 

404

 

Asset management

 

132

 

 

253

 

 

Realized investment losses

 

(49

)

(23

)

(36

)

 

Other

 

56

 

28

 

133

 

96

 

Total revenues

 

$

6,261

 

$

3,746

 

$

16,569

 

$

11,098

 

 

The growth in earned premiums of $2.12 billion in the third quarter of 2004 and $4.53 billion for the first nine months of 2004 was primarily due to the merger, and also reflected the earned premium effect of rate increases on renewal business over the last 12 months and stable customer retention levels throughout a majority of the markets served by the Company’s insurance segments.

 

Third quarter 2004 net investment income increased $209 million over the same 2003 period due largely to the increase in invested assets resulting from the merger.  In addition, strong operational cash flows since the completion of the merger contributed to the growth in invested assets over the same period of 2003.  Also reflected in net investment income was the effect of a decline in pretax investment yields due to a higher proportion of tax-exempt investments and lower yields on fixed income securities and alternative investments.  Year-to-date net investment income of $1.93 billion was 41% higher than the 2003 year-to-date total, primarily due to the impact of the merger, strong operational cash flows and $107 million of income resulting from the initial public trading of an investment.

 

Fee income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 grew 39% and 31%, respectively, over the comparable periods of 2003, primarily driven by new business in National Accounts in the Company’s Commercial segment, as described in more detail in the narrative below.

 

Nuveen Investments, acquired in the merger, generated asset management revenues of $132 million in the third quarter of 2004.  Nuveen Investments’ gross product sales totaled $5.75 billion in the third quarter of 2004.

 

The Company’s net pretax realized investment losses of $49 million in the third quarter of 2004 included impairment charges totaling $28 million, as described in more detail later in this narrative.

 

52



 

Consolidated net written premiums were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

2,070

 

$

1,708

 

$

6,065

 

$

5,036

 

Specialty

 

1,408

 

312

 

3,221

 

959

 

Personal

 

1,572

 

1,356

 

4,496

 

3,817

 

Total net written premiums

 

$

5,050

 

$

3,376

 

$

13,782

 

$

9,812

 

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, net written premiums increased 50% and 40%, respectively, over the comparable periods of 2003, primarily due to the merger.  Business retention levels in the majority of the Company’s insurance operations remained consistent with prior year levels.  Rate increases, however, continued to moderate in the third quarter, reflecting increased competition and more aggressive pricing in the marketplace.  New business volume in the third quarter, particularly in the Commercial and Specialty segments, also declined when compared with the combined new business volume of SPC and TPC prior to the merger, reflecting the competitive marketplace. In addition, agents continue to adjust their new business levels with the Company as it transitions to a common underwriting platform.  The planned non-renewal of certain commercial property and construction risks and a personal lines creditor insurance facility underwritten in the Company’s operations at Lloyd’s also negatively impacted third quarter 2004 premium volume.

 

Consolidated claims and expenses were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

$

4,086

 

$

2,237

 

$

11,236

 

$

6,736

 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

 

820

 

512

 

2,151

 

1,458

 

General and administrative expenses

 

861

 

398

 

2,254

 

1,205

 

Interest expense

 

69

 

38

 

171

 

130

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

5,836

 

$

3,185

 

$

15,812

 

$

9,529

 

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses in the third quarter of 2004 included $612 million of catastrophe losses related to the four hurricanes described previously, whereas the 2003 third-quarter total included $128 million of catastrophe losses.  Excluding the impact of catastrophes in the third quarter of each year, the increase in claim and claim adjustment expenses in 2004 reflected increased business volumes, primarily due to the merger.  The third quarter 2004 total also included $78 million of net unfavorable prior year reserve development, which was concentrated in the Commercial and Specialty segments.  Third quarter 2003 claims and expenses included $14 million of net favorable prior year reserve development.

 

Claims and claim adjustment expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, included net unfavorable prior year reserve development totaling $1.53 billion, which was concentrated in the Specialty segment.  The majority of that development was recorded in the second quarter and was primarily related to the following: conforming the Company’s accounting and actuarial methods for construction and surety reserves subsequent to the merger; increasing reserves for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables; recording the impact of a commutation agreement with a major reinsurer; increasing reserves related to the financial condition of a construction contractor; and increasing environmental reserves.  That unfavorable development was partially offset by favorable prior year reserve development resulting from less than expected claims from the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack.

 

53



 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 increased $308 million and $693 million, respectively, over the same periods of 2003, reflecting increased commissions and premium taxes associated with the higher volume of earned premiums that resulted from the merger.

 

The increase in general and administrative costs in the third quarter of 2004 compared with the same period of 2003 primarily reflected the impact of the merger.  Included in the 2004 third-quarter total was $33 million of amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets acquired in the merger, and a benefit of $11 million associated with the accretion of the fair value adjustment to claims and claim adjustment expenses and reinsurance recoverables.

 

Included in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, was a $62 million increase in the allowance for uncollectible amounts for loss-sensitive business, and $40 million of restructuring and other charges related to the merger recorded in the second quarter.  Also included was $68 million of amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets acquired in the merger and a benefit of $47 million associated with the accretion of the fair value adjustment to claims and claim adjustment expenses and reinsurance recoverables.

 

Interest expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 included $34 million and $63 million of additional interest expense, respectively, on SPC debt assumed in the merger, net of $19 million and $38 million, respectively, of accretion of the fair value adjustment to that debt recorded at the acquisition date.

 

GAAP combined ratios (before policyholder dividends) for the Company’s insurance segments were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

75.8

%

69.1

%

79.9

%

71.0

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

28.0

 

25.6

 

28.1

 

25.4

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

103.8

%

94.7

%

108.0

%

96.4

%

 

Catastrophe losses accounted for 11.6 points and 4.8 points of the third-quarter and nine-months 2004 loss ratios, respectively.  Catastrophe losses accounted for 4.1 points and 3.3 points of the loss ratios in the respective periods of 2003.  The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the first nine months of 2004 also included an 11.1 point impact from the net unfavorable prior year reserve development recorded during that period.  The increase in the 2004 third quarter expense ratio over the same period of 2003 reflected the addition of SPC and expenses associated with the merger.  On a year-to-date basis in 2004, the increase in the expense ratio over 2003 included those factors, as well as an increase in the allowance for uncollectible amounts for loss sensitive business and restructuring costs.

 

Beginning in the first quarter of 2004, the underwriting expense ratio was computed by treating billing and policy fees, which are a component of other revenues, as a reduction of underwriting expenses.  Previously, the underwriting expense ratio excluded these amounts.  All prior period expense ratios included in this report were restated to conform to this new presentation.

 

54



 

REPORTABLE BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

The Company has identified its business segments effective with the merger to include the following four segments: Commercial, Specialty, Personal (these three segments collectively represent the Company’s insurance segments) and Asset Management.  Prior period results for these segments have been restated, to the extent practicable, to conform with these business segments.

 

Commercial

The Commercial segment offers property and casualty insurance and insurance-related services to commercial enterprises and includes certain exposures related to such businesses.  Commercial is organized into three marketing and underwriting groups, each of which focuses on a particular client base and which collectively comprise Commercial’s core operations.  The marketing and underwriting groups include:

                  Commercial Accounts serves primarily mid-sized businesses for casualty products and large and mid-sized businesses for property products.  Commercial Accounts sells a broad range of property and casualty insurance products including property, general liability, commercial auto and workers’ compensation coverages through a large network of independent agents and brokers.

                  Select Accounts serves small businesses and offers property, liability, commercial auto and workers’ compensation insurance.  Products offered by Select Accounts are guaranteed cost policies, often a packaged product covering property and liability exposures.

                  National Accounts provides casualty products and services to large companies, with particular emphasis on workers’ compensation, general liability, and automobile liability.  Insurance products, placed through large national and regional brokers are generally priced on a loss-sensitive basis (where the ultimate premium or fee charged is adjusted based on actual loss experience) while loss administration services are sold on a fee for service basis to companies who prefer to self-insure all or a portion of their risk.  National Accounts also includes the Company’s residual market business, which primarily offers workers’ compensation products and services to the involuntary market.

 

Commercial also includes the results from the Special Liability Group (which manages the Company’s asbestos and environmental liabilities); the reinsurance, health care, and certain international runoff operations that the Company acquired in the merger; and the policies written by Gulf (prior to the integration of these products into Specialty).  These operations are collectively referred to as Commercial Other.

 

Specialty

Specialty is a reportable segment created effective with the merger and consists of specialty business acquired in the merger, into which TPC’s Bond and Construction, formerly included in Commercial, have been transferred.  The Specialty segment provides a full range of standard and specialized insurance coverages and services through dedicated underwriting, claims handling and risk management.  The segment includes two groups: Domestic Specialty and International Specialty.

 

                  Domestic Specialty includes several marketing and underwriting groups, each of which possesses customer expertise and offers products and services to address its respective customers’ specific needs.  These groups include Financial and Professional Services, Bond, Construction, Technology, Ocean Marine, Oil and Gas, Public Sector, Underwriting Facilities, Specialty Excess & Surplus, Discover Re and Personal Catastrophe Risk.

 

                  International Specialty includes coverages marketed and underwritten to several specialty customer groups within the United Kingdom, Canada and the Republic of Ireland and the Company’s participation in Lloyd’s.

 

Personal

Personal writes virtually all types of property and casualty insurance covering personal risks.  The primary coverages in this segment are personal automobile and homeowners insurance sold to individuals.

 

55



 

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment is comprised of the Company’s majority interest in Nuveen Investments, Inc.  Nuveen Investments’ core businesses are asset management and related research, as well as the development, marketing and distribution of investment products and services for the affluent, high-net-worth and institutional market segments.  Nuveen Investments distributes its investment products and services, including individually managed accounts, closed-end exchange-traded funds and mutual funds, to the affluent and high-net-worth market segments through unaffiliated intermediary firms including broker/dealers, commercial banks, affiliates of insurance providers, financial planners, accountants, consultants and investment advisors.  Nuveen Investments also provides managed account services to several institutional market segments and channels.  Nuveen Investments markets its capabilities under four distinct brands: NWQ (value-style equities); Nuveen (fixed income investments); Rittenhouse (conservative growth-style equities); and Symphony, an institutional manager of market-neutral alternative investment portfolios.  Nuveen Investments is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, trading under the symbol “JNC.”  The Company’s interest in Nuveen Investments is approximately 79%.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT

 

Commercial

 

Results of the Company’s Commercial segment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

2,315

 

$

1,626

 

$

6,404

 

$

4,811

 

Net investment income

 

417

 

326

 

1,253

 

964

 

Fee income

 

178

 

131

 

510

 

391

 

Other revenues

 

23

 

4

 

49

 

24

 

Total revenues

 

$

2,933

 

$

2,087

 

$

8,216

 

$

6,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

2,626

 

$

1,659

 

$

6,814

 

$

5,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

260

 

$

328

 

$

1,054

 

$

829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

77.3

%

68.4

%

70.4

%

73.6

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

28.1

 

25.2

 

28.0

 

25.0

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

105.4

%

93.6

%

98.4

%

98.6

%

 

Operating income of $260 million for the third quarter declined $68 million, or 21%, from the prior-year quarter, which did not include the results of SPC.  The current quarter included $184 million of after-tax catastrophe losses, compared with after-tax catastrophe losses of $23 million in the same period of 2003.  Also impacting third quarter 2004 operating income was a net after-tax charge of $34 million for prior year reserve development, compared with a similar charge of $16 million in the same 2003 period.  The impact of the increases in catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development over the third quarter of 2003 was partially offset by additional operating income resulting from the merger.  Year-to-date operating income of $1.05 billion in 2004 increased $225 million, or 27%, over the prior-year period, primarily reflecting the impact of the merger and the impact of earned premiums growing at a faster rate than claim and claim adjustment expenses.

 

56



 

The growth in earned premiums of $689 million in the third quarter of 2004 and $1.59 billion for the first nine months of 2004 was primarily due to the merger and also reflected the earned premium effect of moderating renewal price increases over the last twelve months.

 

Third quarter 2004 net investment income increased $91 million over the same 2003 period due largely to the increase in invested assets as a result of the merger. In addition, strong operational cash flows since the completion of the merger contributed to the growth in invested assets over the same period of 2003.  Also impacting net investment income is the effect of a decline in pretax investment yields due to a higher proportion of tax-exempt investments and lower yields on fixed income securities and alternative investments.  Year-to-date net investment income of $1.25 billion was 30% higher than the 2003 year-to-date total, primarily due to the impact of the merger and $67 million of income resulting from the initial public trading of an investment.

 

National Accounts is the primary source of fee income due to its service businesses, which include claim and loss prevention services to large companies that choose to self-insure a portion of their insurance risks, and claims and policy management services to workers’ compensation residual market pools, automobile assigned risk plans and to self-insurance pools.  The strong increase in 2004 fee income reflected higher new business levels, resulting, in part, from the third quarter 2003 renewal rights transaction with Royal & SunAlliance, price increases and more workers’ compensation business being written by state residual market pools.

 

Commercial net written premiums by market were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Accounts

 

$

1,075

 

$

796

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,345

 

Select Accounts

 

653

 

506

 

1,893

 

1,532

 

National Accounts

 

229

 

232

 

706

 

607

 

Total Commercial Core

 

1,957

 

1,534

 

5,638

 

4,484

 

Commercial Other

 

113

 

174

 

427

 

552

 

Total Commercial

 

$

2,070

 

$

1,708

 

$

6,065

 

$

5,036

 

 

Net written premiums in the third quarter of 2004 increased 21% over the comparable period of 2003, primarily due to the merger.  Business retention rates in general remained stable and renewal price changes continued to moderate to the low-single digit levels.  New business volume declined, however, when compared with the combined new business volume of SPC and TPC prior to the merger, reflecting the increasingly competitive marketplace and the absence of new premiums from renewal rights transactions completed in the third quarter of 2003.  In addition, insurance agents continue to adjust their new business levels with the Company as it transitions to a common underwriting platform.  National Accounts’ premium volume declined in the third quarter compared to the same period of 2003, reflecting the continuing migration to deductible and fee-based products by larger companies.  The decline in Commercial Other premium volume in the third quarter of 2004 compared with the same period of 2003 was due to planned non-renewals in these businesses and the transfer of $32 million of premiums from the Company’s Gulf operation to Financial and Professional Services in the Specialty segment.

 

Commercial Accounts’ premium volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 benefited from the Atlantic Mutual and Royal & SunAlliance renewal rights transactions completed in the third quarter of 2003.  National Accounts’ premium volume in the first nine months of 2004 included the new business from the Royal & SunAlliance renewal rights transaction and increases in residual market pools, the impacts of which were partially offset by the shift to deductible and fee-based products.  Select Accounts’ written premium volume in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 increased 29% and 24%, respectively, over the comparable periods of 2003, reflecting the impact of the merger, stable business retention rates and price increases.  Partially offsetting these positive variances in the first nine months of 2004 was a decline in new business volume when compared with the combined new business volume of SPC and TPC prior to the merger.

 

57



 

Claims and expenses in the third quarter of 2004 included $284 million of catastrophe losses, compared with catastrophe losses of $36 million in the same 2003 period.  Also included in the third quarter of 2004 was $50 million of net unfavorable prior year reserve development, primarily attributable to runoff operations, compared with net unfavorable prior year reserve development of $24 million in the same period of 2003.

 

Claims and expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 included the $284 million of catastrophe losses, and net unfavorable prior year reserve development of $194 million.  In the Commercial Other operations, unfavorable prior year reserve development of $475 million in the first nine months of 2004 was largely due to reserve provisions recorded in the second quarter related to the following: an increase in environmental reserves; additions to the reserve for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables; and a charge for the commutation of agreements with a major reinsurer.  That unfavorable development was partially offset by favorable prior year reserve development in the ongoing Commercial operations totaling $281 million, the majority of which was the result of less than expected claims from the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack.

 

Claims and expenses for the third quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2004 also included an increase in the amortization of deferred acquisition costs reflecting the impact of the merger as well as increases in commissions and premium taxes associated with the increase in earned premiums discussed above.  Additionally, claims and expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 included $34 million of restructuring charges.

 

Claims and expenses in the third quarter and first nine months of 2003 included catastrophe losses of $36 million and $107 million, respectively.  In addition, the year-to-date 2003 total included $274 million of unfavorable prior year reserve development, primarily related to a line of business placed in runoff in late 2001 that had insured residual values of leased vehicles.

 

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in the third quarter of 2004 included a 12.2 point impact of catastrophe losses, compared with a 2.2 point impact of catastrophes in the same period of 2003.  The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the first nine months of 2004 included a 4.4 point impact of catastrophes and a 2.7 point impact of the net unfavorable prior year reserve development of $194 million referred to above.

 

58



 

Specialty

 

The following table summarizes the Specialty segment’s results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,515

 

$

291

 

$

3,254

 

$

854

 

Net investment income

 

156

 

42

 

342

 

135

 

Fee income

 

8

 

3

 

19

 

13

 

Other revenues

 

7

 

3

 

12

 

6

 

Total revenues

 

$

1,686

 

$

339

 

$

3,627

 

$

1,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

1,688

 

$

268

 

$

4,976

 

$

779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

2

 

$

51

 

$

(864

)

$

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

79.3

%

53.9

%

119.0

%

52.5

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

31.2

 

36.5

 

33.0

 

36.3

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

110.5

%

90.4

%

152.0

%

88.8

%

 

Operating income was $2 million in the third quarter of 2004, compared to operating income of $51 million in the prior-year quarter, which did not include the results of SPC.  Operating results in the third quarter of 2004 included $126 million of after-tax catastrophe losses resulting from the four hurricanes described previously, whereas third-quarter 2003 results included no catastrophe losses.  The year-to-date operating loss totaled $864 million, compared to operating income of $164 million in the prior-year period.  The year-to-date operating loss in 2004 included significant reserve charges recorded primarily in the second quarter that are described in the narrative that follows.

 

Increases in Domestic Specialty earned premiums for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 over the comparable periods of 2003 were driven by incremental premiums resulting from the merger.  In the first nine months of 2004, earned premiums were reduced by $75 million in the Bond operation, due to reinsurance reinstatement premiums recorded in the second quarter.  Earned premium volume for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 represented revenue from the TPC Bond and Construction operations previously reported in the TPC Commercial Lines segment.

 

Third quarter 2004 net investment income increased $114 million over the same period of 2003 due to the increase in invested assets as a result of the merger.  In addition, strong operational cash flows invested since the completion of the merger contributed to the growth in invested assets over the same period of 2003.  Also included in net investment income is the effect of a decline in pretax investment yields due to a higher proportion of tax-exempt investments and lower yields on fixed income securities and alternative investments.  Year-to-date 2004 net investment income was $207 million higher than the comparable 2003 total, primarily due to the impact of the merger.

 

59



 

Specialty net written premiums by market were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic Specialty

 

$

1,176

 

$

312

 

$

2,648

 

$

959

 

International Specialty

 

232

 

 

573

 

 

Total net written premiums

 

$

1,408

 

$

312

 

$

3,221

 

$

959

 

 

Net written premiums in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 in Domestic Specialty reflected stable retention levels across the majority of markets comprising this segment, combined with price increases that continued to moderate to the mid-single digit levels.  In an increasingly competitive market environment, the Company remains selective in underwriting new business throughout its domestic operations and is maintaining terms and conditions on renewal business that emphasize bottom-line profitability.  In the Construction and Bond operations, repositioning of the books of business has resulted in reduced retention levels and premium volume.

 

International Specialty business retention levels remain generally strong.  New business levels have declined, and the rate of price increases has moderated to the low-single digit levels.  International premium volume in the third quarter was negatively impacted by the planned non-renewal of a personal lines creditor facility underwritten at Lloyd’s.

 

Specialty segment results for the third quarter of 2004 included $186 million of losses resulting from the four hurricanes described previously and net unfavorable prior year reserve development of $65 million.  The third quarter and year-to-date 2004 results also reflected increased current year loss provisions on portions of the Bond and Construction books of business.  These losses are being addressed through underwriting and pricing actions.  Excluding the impact of catastrophes, the majority of the remaining markets comprising this segment recorded strong operating results, driven by favorable current year loss experience.

 

Claims and expenses in the first nine months of 2004 included the effects of the catastrophe losses in the third quarter, as well as unfavorable prior year reserve development totaling $1.58 billion.  A significant majority of that development related to reserve actions and merger-related and conforming accounting adjustments recorded in the second quarter, as described in more detail as follows:

 

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company analyzed the acquired construction reserves using its long-established unit which tracks, disaggregates and studies construction claims.  The Company applied its actuarial models and experience and determined that an increase in reserves of $500 million was necessary, primarily due to construction defect exposures.

 

As part of conforming accounting and actuarial methods, the Company recorded a charge of $300 million in its surety business in the second quarter.  In addition, a comprehensive update of exposures to a specific construction contractor was completed in the second quarter.  Detailed reviews performed by independent engineering and accounting firms resulted in increases in estimates of costs to complete the contractor’s existing projects.  The Company also performed analyses of the contractor’s business and financial condition, the impact of various completion alternatives on the cost to complete bonded projects, liquidated damages, reinsurance recoveries and collateral.  Based upon these analyses, the Company recorded a charge of $252 million in the second quarter.

 

Also recorded in the second quarter was a $109 million charge related to the commutation of agreements with a major reinsurer and a $224 million charge as a result of an increase in the allowance for uncollectible amounts from reinsurers, loss-sensitive business and co-surety participations.

 

60



 

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the third quarter of 2004 included a 12.3 point impact from catastrophe losses.  The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in the first nine months of 2004 included a 50.1 point impact of the prior year reserve development and the related reinstatement premium.  The underwriting expense ratio for the first nine months of 2004 included a 2.3 point impact of the reinstatement premium, a provision for loss-sensitive business and restructuring costs.

 

Personal

 

The following table summarizes the Personal segment’s results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earned premiums

 

$

1,439

 

$

1,232

 

$

4,104

 

$

3,563

 

Net investment income

 

92

 

90

 

330

 

270

 

Other revenues

 

22

 

20

 

66

 

65

 

Total revenues

 

1,553

 

1,342

 

4,500

 

3,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total claims and expenses

 

$

1,374

 

$

1,218

 

$

3,681

 

$

3,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

127

 

$

88

 

$

561

 

$

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

69.5

%

73.7

%

63.6

%

72.1

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

24.5

 

23.6

 

24.5

 

23.3

 

GAAP combined ratio

 

94.0

%

97.3

%

88.1

%

95.4

%

 

Operating income of $127 million for the third quarter was $39 million higher than the same 2003 period despite a $32 million increase in after-tax catastrophe losses.  Year-to-date operating income of $561 million was $254 million higher than the prior-year period.  Operating income in the third quarter of 2004 included after-tax catastrophe losses of $92 million (all resulting from the four hurricanes described previously), whereas the third quarter of 2003 included after-tax catastrophe losses of $60 million (primarily resulting from Hurricane Isabel).  Offsetting the increase in catastrophe losses was a reduction in current-year loss provisions in 2004, primarily driven by a reduction in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the Homeowners’ line of business.  Through the first nine months of 2004, after-tax catastrophe losses totaled $121 million, compared with losses of $129 million in the same 2003 period.

 

Earned premiums in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 increased 17% and 15%, respectively, over the same periods of 2003, primarily due to an increase in new business volume, continued strong business retention levels and renewal price increases over the last twelve months.

 

Third quarter 2004 net investment income increased $2 million over the same 2003 period.  Strong operational cash flows since the completion of the merger contributed to the growth in invested assets over the same period of 2003.  Also impacting net investment income is the effect of a decline in pretax investment yields due to a higher proportion of tax-exempt investments and lower yields on fixed income securities and alternative investments.  Year-to-date net investment income of $330 million was 22% higher than the 2003 year-to-date total, primarily due to the impact of $38 million of income resulting from the initial public trading of an investment.

 

61



 

Personal net written premiums by product line were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

$

884

 

$

796

 

$

2,623

 

$

2,311

 

Homeowners and other

 

688

 

560

 

1,873

 

1,506

 

Total

 

$

1,572

 

$

1,356

 

$

4,496

 

$

3,817

 

 

Net written premiums in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 increased 16% and 18%, respectively, over the same periods of 2003, reflecting higher business volumes and renewal price increases in both the Automobile and Homeowners and other lines of business.  The Personal segment had approximately 6.0 million and 5.4 million policies in force at September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Both Automobile and Homeowners and other net written premiums increased in 2004 due to higher organic new business volumes, the impact of new business associated with the Royal & SunAlliance renewal rights transaction completed in the third quarter of 2003, continued strong retention, and renewal price increases.  Renewal price increases for standard voluntary business, although still positive, reflected a moderation in rates.  Growth in 2004 has been aided by investments in pricing segmentation initiatives throughout the country.

 

In the Automobile line of business, policies in force increased 11% at September 30, 2004 compared to the comparable prior year period.  Policies in force in the Homeowners and other line of business at September 30, 3004 increased by 14% over the same 2003 period.  Effective first quarter 2004, Homeowners and other policies in force exclude certain endorsements to Homeowners policies previously considered separate policies in force.  The prior period has been restated to conform to the current period presentation.

 

Claim and claim adjustment expenses in the third quarter of 2004 included $142 million of catastrophe losses, all of which resulted from the four hurricanes described previously.  Catastrophe losses in the third quarter of 2003 totaled $92 million, primarily resulting from Hurricane Isabel.  Through the first nine months of 2004, catastrophe losses totaled $186 million, compared with $198 million in the same 2003 period.

 

The Personal segment’s results in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 benefited from pretax favorable prior year reserve development totaling $37 million and $238 million, respectively, primarily driven by a decline in the frequency of non-catastrophe Homeowners’ losses.  Favorable prior year development in the respective periods of 2003 totaled $38 million and $111 million.

 

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the third quarter of 2004 improved by more than four points over the comparable 2003 ratio, despite the 9.9 point impact of catastrophe losses in 2004.  Catastrophe losses in the third quarter of 2003 accounted for 7.5 points of the loss and loss expense ratio.  Through the first nine months of 2004, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was 8.5 points better than the same period of 2003.  The significant improvement in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004 reflected the earned impact of price increases that continued to exceed loss cost trends and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, an increase in favorable prior year development.  Also favorably impacting third quarter and nine month results in 2004 was a reduction in current-year loss provisions, primarily driven by a reduction in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the Homeowners’ line of business.

 

The increase in the underwriting expense ratio in 2004 was primarily due to investments in technology and infrastructure to support business growth and product development, as well as an increase in commissions due to a change in product mix and profitable results.

 

62



Asset Management

 

The following table summarizes Nuveen Investments’ key financial data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004: 

 

(in millions)

 

Three months
ended
September 30,
2004

 

Nine months
ended
September 30,
2004*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

132

 

$

253

 

Expenses

 

68

 

130

 

Pretax income, as reported by Nuveen Investments

 

64

 

123

 

Net amortization of the fair value adjustment to intangibles

 

3

 

6

 

Asset Management pretax income before minority interest

 

$

61

 

$

117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Management net income, net of minority interest

 

$

29

 

$

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets under management

 

$

106,891

 

$

106,891

 

 


*Represents Nuveen Investments’ results for the six-month period from the merger date of April 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004. 

 

Nuveen Investments’ total revenues of $132 million in the third quarter of 2004 grew 9% over revenues of $121 million in the second quarter of the year, driven by continued strong product sales.  Gross sales of investment products in the third quarter totaled $5.75 billion, consisting of $4.70 billion of retail and institutional managed accounts, $0.64 billion of closed-end exchange-traded funds and $0.41 billion of mutual funds.  Nuveen Investments’ positive net flows (equal to the sum of sales, reinvestments and exchanges, less redemptions) totaled $2.89 billion in the third quarter.  Net flows were positive across all product lines in the third quarter.  Assets under management grew by $5.97 billion, or 5.9%, since the acquisition, driven by the positive net flows and market appreciation during that period.  Assets under management at September 30, 2004 were comprised of $49.23 billion of exchange-traded funds, $32.26 billion of retail managed accounts, $13.11 billion of institutional managed accounts, and $12.29 billion of mutual funds.  Investment advisory fees accounted for 92% of Nuveen Investments revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2004. 

 

Interest Expense and Other

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

6

 

$

1

 

$

9

 

$

2

 

Net after-tax expense

 

$

(46

)

$

(25

)

$

(131

)

$

(88

)

 

The increase in net after-tax expense for Interest Expense and Other for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2004 over the respective periods of 2003 was primarily due to $22 million and $41 million, respectively, of incremental interest expense on debt assumed in the merger.  Those amounts were net of the favorable impact of $12 million and $25 million, respectively, of the amortization of the fair value adjustment related to debt recorded at the acquisition date).  The year-to-date 2004 total also included $9 million of charges related to the merger that were recorded in the second quarter. 

 

63



 

ASBESTOS CLAIMS AND LITIGATION

 

The Company believes that the property and casualty insurance industry has suffered from court decisions and other trends that have attempted to expand insurance coverage for asbestos claims far beyond the intent of insurers and policyholders.  As a result, the Company continues to experience an increase in the number of asbestos claims being tendered to the Company by the Company’s policyholders (which includes others seeking coverage under a policy) including claims against the Company’s policyholders by individuals who do not appear to be impaired by asbestos exposure.  Factors underlying these increases include more intensive advertising by lawyers seeking asbestos claimants, the increasing focus by plaintiffs on new and previously peripheral defendants and entities seeking bankruptcy protection as a result of asbestos-related liabilities.  In addition to contributing to the increase in claims, bankruptcy proceedings may increase the volatility of asbestos-related losses by initially delaying the reporting of claims and later by significantly accelerating and increasing loss payments by insurers, including the Company.  Bankruptcy proceedings are also causing increased settlement demands against those policyholders who are not in bankruptcy but that remain in the tort system.  Recently, in many jurisdictions, those who allege very serious injury and who can present credible medical evidence of their injuries are receiving priority trial settings in the courts, while those who have not shown any credible disease manifestation have their hearing dates delayed or placed on an inactive docket.  This trend, along with focus on new and previously peripheral defendants, contributes to the increase in loss and loss expense payments experienced by the Company.  In addition, the Company sees, as an emerging trend, an increase in the Company’s asbestos-related loss and loss expense experience as a result of the exhaustion or unavailability due to insolvency of other insurance potentially available to policyholders along with the insolvency or bankruptcy of other defendants.  TPC is currently involved in coverage litigation concerning a number of policyholders who have filed for bankruptcy, including, among others, ACandS, Inc., who in some instances have asserted that all or a portion of their asbestos-related claims are not subject to aggregate limits on coverage as described generally in the next paragraph.  (Also see “Part II - Other Information - Legal Proceedings”).  These trends are expected to continue through 2004.  As a result of the factors described above, there is a high degree of uncertainty with respect to future exposure from asbestos claims.

 

In some instances, policyholders continue to assert that their claims for asbestos-related insurance are not subject to aggregate limits on coverage and that each individual bodily injury claim should be treated as a separate occurrence under the policy.  It is difficult to predict whether these policyholders will be successful on both issues or whether the Company will be successful in asserting additional defenses.  To the extent both issues are resolved in policyholders’ favor and other additional Company defenses are not successful, the Company’s coverage obligations under the policies at issue would be materially increased and bounded only by the applicable-per-occurrence limits and the number of asbestos bodily injury claims against the policyholders.  Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the ultimate cost of the claims for coverage not subject to aggregate limits.

 

Many coverage disputes with policyholders are only resolved through settlement agreements.  Because many policyholders make exaggerated demands, it is difficult to predict the outcome of settlement negotiations.  Settlements involving bankrupt policyholders may include extensive releases which are favorable to the Company but which could result in settlements for larger amounts than originally anticipated.  As in the past, the Company will continue to pursue settlement opportunities.

 

In addition, proceedings have been launched directly against insurers, including the Company, challenging insurers’ conduct in respect of asbestos claims, and, as discussed below, claims by individuals seeking damages arising from alleged asbestos-related bodily injuries.  The Company anticipates the filing of other direct actions against insurers, including the Company, in the future.  It is difficult to predict the outcome of these proceedings, including whether the plaintiffs will be able to sustain these actions against insurers based on novel legal theories of liability.  The Company

 

64



 

believes it has meritorious defenses to these claims and has received favorable rulings in certain jurisdictions.  Additionally, TPC has entered into settlement agreements, which have been approved by the court in connection with the proceedings initiated by TPC in the Johns Mansville bankruptcy court.  If the rulings of the bankruptcy court are affirmed through the appellate process, then TPC will have resolved substantially all of the pending claims against it.  (Also, see “Part II Other Information, Item 1 Legal Proceedings”).

 

Because each policyholder presents different liability and coverage issues, the Company generally evaluates the exposure presented by each policyholder on a policyholder-by-policyholder basis.  In the course of this evaluation, the Company considers: available insurance coverage, including the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has issued to the policyholder; limits and deductibles; an analysis of each policyholder’s potential liability; the jurisdictions involved; past and anticipated future claim activity and loss development on pending claims; past settlement values of similar claims; allocated claim adjustment expense; potential role of other insurance; the role, if any, of non-asbestos claims or potential non-asbestos claims in any resolution process; and applicable coverage defenses or determinations, if any, including the determination as to whether or not an asbestos claim is a products/completed operation claim subject to an aggregate limit and the available coverage, if any, for that claim.  When the gross ultimate exposure for indemnity and related claim adjustment expense is determined for a policyholder, the Company calculates, by each policy year, a ceded reinsurance projection based on any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, past ceded experience and reinsurance collections.  Conventional actuarial methods are not utilized to establish asbestos reserves.  The Company’s evaluations have not resulted in any data from which a meaningful average asbestos defense or indemnity payment may be determined.

 

The Company also compares its historical direct and net loss and expense paid experience, year-by-year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations, or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid activity.  Net asbestos losses paid for the first nine months of 2004 were $199 million, compared with $357 million in the same 2003 period.  Approximately 15% in the first nine months of 2004 and 55% in the first nine months of 2003 of total paid losses relate to policyholders with whom the Company previously entered into settlement agreements that would limit the Company’s liability.  In the first nine months of 2004, gross payments associated with policyholders with settlement agreements totaled $135 million, compared with $228 million in the same 2003 period.  The decrease in the percentage of net paid settlements to total paid losses in 2004 reflected an increase in reinsurance billings in 2004, which related to gross payments made in prior quarters. 

 

65



 

The following table displays activity for asbestos losses and loss expenses and reserves:

 

(at and for the nine months ended September 30, in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

3,782

 

$

4,287

 

Ceded

 

(805

)

(883

)

Net

 

2,977

 

3,404

 

Reserves acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

502

 

 

Ceded

 

(191

)

 

Net

 

311

 

 

Incurred losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

9

 

 

Ceded

 

(3

)

 

Net

 

6

 

 

Accretion of discount:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

13

 

19

 

Ceded

 

 

 

Net

 

13

 

19

 

Losses paid:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

330

 

421

 

Ceded

 

(131

)

(64

)

Net

 

199

 

357

 

Ending reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

3,976

 

3,885

 

Ceded

 

(868

)

(819

)

Net

 

$

3,108

 

$

3,066

 

 

See “-Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

 

ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS AND LITIGATION

 

The Company continues to receive claims from policyholders who allege that they are liable for injury or damage arising out of their alleged disposition of toxic substances.  Mostly, these claims are due to various legislative as well as regulatory efforts aimed at environmental remediation.  For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), enacted in 1980 and later modified, enables private parties as well as federal and state governments to take action with respect to releases and threatened releases of hazardous substances.  This federal statute permits the recovery of response costs from some liable parties and may require liable parties to undertake their own remedial action.  Liability under CERCLA may be joint and several with other responsible parties.

 

66



 

The Company has been, and continues to be, involved in litigation involving insurance coverage issues pertaining to environmental claims.  The Company believes that some court decisions have interpreted the insurance coverage to be broader than the original intent of the insurers and policyholders.  These decisions often pertain to insurance policies that were issued by the Company prior to the mid-1970s.  These decisions continue to be inconsistent and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.  Environmental claims when submitted rarely indicate the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the policyholder, and the Company does not keep track of the monetary amount being sought in those few claims which indicate a monetary amount.

 

The Company’s reserves for environmental claims are not established on a claim-by-claim basis.  The Company carries an aggregate bulk reserve for all of the Company’s environmental claims that are in dispute until the dispute is resolved.  This bulk reserve is established and adjusted based upon the aggregate volume of in-process environmental claims and the Company’s experience in resolving those claims.  At September 30, 2004, approximately 69% of the net environmental reserve (approximately $416 million) is carried in a bulk reserve and includes unresolved and incurred but not reported environmental claims for which the Company has not received any specific claims as well as for the anticipated cost of coverage litigation disputes relating to these claims.  The balance, approximately 31% of the net environmental reserve (approximately $187 million), consists of case reserves for resolved claims.

 

The Company’s reserving methodology is preferable to one based on “identified claims” because the resolution of environmental exposures by the Company generally occurs by settlement on a policyholder-by-policyholder basis as opposed to a claim-by-claim basis.  Generally, the settlement between the Company and the policyholder extinguishes any obligation the Company may have under any policy issued to the policyholder for past, present and future environmental liabilities and extinguishes any pending coverage litigation dispute with the policyholder.  This form of settlement is commonly referred to as a “buy-back” of policies for future environmental liability.  In addition, many of the agreements have also extinguished any insurance obligation which the Company may have for other claims, including but not limited to asbestos and other cumulative injury claims.  The Company and its policyholders may also agree to settlements which extinguish any future liability arising from known specified sites or claims.  Provisions of these agreements also include appropriate indemnities and hold harmless provisions to protect the Company.  The Company’s general purpose in executing these agreements is to reduce the Company’s potential environmental exposure and eliminate the risks presented by coverage litigation with the policyholder and related costs.

 

In establishing environmental reserves, the Company evaluates the exposure presented by each policyholder and the anticipated cost of resolution, if any.  In the course of this analysis, the Company considers the probable liability, available coverage, relevant judicial interpretations and historical value of similar exposures.  In addition, the Company considers the many variables presented, such as the nature of the alleged activities of the policyholder at each site; the allegations of environmental harm at each site; the number of sites; the total number of potentially responsible parties at each site; the nature of environmental harm and the corresponding remedy at each site; the nature of government enforcement activities at each site; the ownership and general use of each site; the overall nature of the insurance relationship between the Company and the policyholder, including the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has issued to the policyholder; the involvement of other insurers; the potential for other available coverage, including the number of years of coverage; the role, if any, of non-environmental claims or potential non-environmental claims, in any resolution process; and the applicable law in each jurisdiction.  Conventional actuarial techniques are not used to estimate these reserves.

 

Recently there have been judicial interpretations that, in some cases, have been unfavorable to the industry and the Company.  Additionally, payments for loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses have increased over past years.  In its review of environmental reserves, the Company considered: the adequacy of reserves for past settlements; changing judicial and legislative trends; the potential for policyholders with smaller exposures to be named in new clean-up action for both on- and off-site waste disposal activities; the potential for adverse development and additional new claims beyond previous expectations; and the potential higher costs for new settlements.  Based on these trends, developments and management judgment, the Company increased its incurred but not reported (IBNR) reserves accordingly.  In the second quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $205 million, net of reinsurance, to increase environmental reserves due to revised estimates of costs related to recent settlement initiatives. 

 

67



 

The duration of the Company’s investigation and review of these claims and the extent of time necessary to determine an appropriate estimate, if any, of the value of the claim to the Company, vary significantly and are dependent upon a number of factors.  These factors include, but are not limited to, the cooperation of the policyholder in providing claim information, the pace of underlying litigation or claim processes, the pace of coverage litigation between the policyholder and the Company and the willingness of the policyholder and the Company to negotiate, if appropriate, a resolution of any dispute pertaining to these claims.  Because these factors vary from claim-to-claim and policyholder-by-policyholder, the Company cannot provide a meaningful average of the duration of an environmental claim.  However, based upon the Company’s experience in resolving these claims, the duration may vary from months to several years.

 

Over the past three years, the Company has experienced a reduction in the number of policyholders with pending coverage litigation disputes, a continued reduction in the number of policyholders tendering for the first time an environmental remediation-type claim to the Company and continued increases in settlement amounts.  While there continues to be a reduction in the number of policyholders with active environmental claims, the recent decline is not as dramatic as it had been in the past.

 

The following table displays activity for environmental losses and loss expenses and reserves:

 

(at and for the nine months ended September 30 in millions)

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

$

331

 

$

448

 

Ceded

 

(41

)

(62

)

Net

 

290

 

386

 

Reserves acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

271

 

 

Ceded

 

(58

)

 

Net

 

213

 

 

Incurred losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

243

 

 

Ceded

 

(37

)

 

Net

 

206

 

 

Losses paid:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

144

 

149

 

Ceded

 

(38

)

(28

)

Net

 

106

 

121

 

Ending reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

701

 

299

 

Ceded

 

(98

)

(34

)

Net

 

$

603

 

$

265

 

 

See “Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

 

68



 

UNCERTAINTY REGARDING ADEQUACY OF ASBESTOS AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESERVES

 

As a result of the processes and procedures described above, management believes that the reserves carried for asbestos and environmental claims at September 30, 2004 are appropriately established based upon known facts, current law and management’s judgment.  However, the uncertainties surrounding the final resolution of these claims continue, and it is presently not possible to estimate the ultimate exposure for asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation.  As a result, the reserve is subject to revision as new information becomes available and as claims develop.  The continuing uncertainties include, without limitation, the risks and lack of predictability inherent in major litigation, any impact from the bankruptcy protection sought by various asbestos producers and other asbestos defendants, a further increase or decrease in asbestos and environmental claims which cannot now be anticipated, the role of any umbrella or excess policies the Company has issued, the resolution or adjudication of some disputes pertaining to the amount of available coverage for asbestos claims in a manner inconsistent with the Company’s previous assessment of these claims, the number and outcome of direct actions against the Company and future developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. In addition, the Company sees, as an emerging trend, an increase in the Company’s asbestos-related loss and loss expense experience as a result of the exhaustion or unavailability due to insolvency of other insurance potentially available to policyholders along with the insolvency or bankruptcy of other defendants.  It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their impact on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims.  This development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.  It is also difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of large coverage disputes until settlement negotiations near completion and significant legal questions are resolved or, failing settlement, until the dispute is adjudicated.  This is particularly the case with policyholders in bankruptcy where negotiations often involve a large number of claimants and other parties and require court approval to be effective. As part of its continuing analysis of asbestos reserves, which includes an annual ground-up review of asbestos policyholders, the Company continues to study the implications of these and other developments.  The Company expects to complete the current annual ground-up review, which will include the asbestos liabilities acquired in the merger, during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

Because of the uncertainties set forth above, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s operating results and financial condition in future periods.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Liquidity is a measure of a company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the short and long term cash requirements of its business operations.  The liquidity requirements of the Company’s business have been met primarily by funds generated from operations, asset maturities and income received on investments.  Cash provided from these sources is used primarily for claims and claim adjustment expense payments and operating expenses.  Catastrophe claims, the timing and amount of which are inherently unpredictable, may create increased liquidity requirements.  The timing and amount of reinsurance recoveries may be affected by reinsurer solvency and increasing reinsurance coverage disputes.  Additionally, recent increases in asbestos-related claim payments, as well as potential judgments and settlements arising out of litigation, may also result in increased liquidity requirements.  It is the opinion of the Company’s management that the Company’s future liquidity needs will be adequately met from all of the above sources.

 

69



 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $4.15 billion and $2.89 billion in the first nine months of 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Cash flows in the first nine months of 2004 included $867 million in cash proceeds received pursuant to the commutation of specific reinsurance agreements in the second quarter described previously.  Cash flows in 2004 also benefited from premium rate and volume increases.  The substantial merger-related adjustments recorded in the second quarter did not materially impact year-to-date 2004 cash flows.  Operational cash flows in the third quarter of 2004 totaled $1.91 billion, an increase of $445 million over operational cash flows of $1.46 billion in the second quarter of 2004.  Net cash flows provided by operating activities in 2003 benefited from premium rate increases and the receipt of $361 million from Citigroup related to recoveries under the asbestos indemnification agreement in the first quarter of 2003 and $531 million of federal income taxes refunded from the Company’s net operating loss carryback in the second quarter of 2003.

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $3.63 billion in the first nine months of 2004, compared with $1.74 billion in the same 2003 period.  The increase corresponds to the increase in operational cash flows in 2004, which are invested predominantly in fixed maturity securities.  In 2003, cash used in investing activities was partly offset by sales of securities to fund net payment activity related to debt and junior subordinated debt securities held by subsidiary trusts of $772 million. 

 

Net cash flows are generally invested in marketable securities.  The Company closely monitors the duration of these investments, and investment purchases and sales are executed with the objective of having adequate funds available to satisfy the Company’s maturing liabilities.  As the Company’s investment strategy focuses on asset and liability durations, and not specific cash flows, asset sales may be required to satisfy obligations and/or rebalance asset portfolios.  The Company’s invested assets at September 30, 2004 totaled $63.73 billion, of which 91% was invested in fixed maturity and short-term investments, 1% in common stocks and other equity securities, and 8% in real estate and other investments.  The average duration of fixed maturities and short-term securities was 4.2 years as of September 30, 2004, an increase of 0.1 years from December 31, 2003.  The increase in average duration primarily resulted from the investment of underwriting cash flows and investment maturities and sales proceeds in longer-term investments.

 

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory restrictions that limit the maximum amount of dividends available to be paid to their parent without prior approval of insurance regulatory authorities. A maximum of $2.42 billion will be available in 2004 for such dividends without prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Department for Connecticut-domiciled subsidiaries and the Minnesota Department of Commerce for Minnesota-domiciled subsidiaries.  The Company received $1.40 billion of dividends from its insurance subsidiaries during the first nine months of 2004. 

 

At September 30, 2004, total cash and short-term invested assets aggregating $148 million were held at the holding company level.  These liquid assets were primarily funded by dividends received from the Company’s operating subsidiaries.  These liquid assets, combined with other sources of funds available, primarily additional dividends from operating subsidiaries, are considered sufficient to meet the liquidity requirements of the Company.  These liquidity requirements include primarily shareholder dividends and debt service. 

 

The Company maintains an $800 million commercial paper program and $1 billion of bank credit agreements.  Pursuant to covenants in the credit agreements, the Company must maintain an excess of consolidated net worth over goodwill and other intangible assets of not less than $10 billion at all times.  The Company also must maintain a ratio of total consolidated debt to the sum of total consolidated debt plus consolidated net worth of not greater than 0.40 to 1.00.  The Company was in compliance with those covenants at September 30, 2004, and there were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreements as of that date. 

 

70



 

Net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $605 million in the first nine months of 2004 and were primarily attributable to dividends paid to shareholders of $493 million.  Net maturities and retirements of debt, and the repurchase of CIRI’s outstanding notes, totaled $99 million in the first nine months of 2004.  In addition, the Company repurchased the minority interest in CIRI during the second quarter for a total cost of $76 million.  Cash flows used by financing activities of $1.02 billion in the first nine months of 2003 were primarily attributable to the redemption of $900 million of junior subordinated debt securities held by subsidiary trusts, the repayment of $700 million of notes payable to a former affiliate (Citigroup) and the repayment of $550 million of short-term debt.  Funds used in these repayments were primarily provided by the Company’s issuance of $1.4 billion of senior notes in March 2003 and by cash flows provided by operating activities.  These refinancing activities were initiated with the objective of lowering the average interest rate on the Company’s total outstanding debt.  Also reflected in 2003 was the issuance of $550 million of short-term floating rate notes, which were used to prepay the $550 million promissory note due in January 2004.  Net cash flows used in financing activities in the first nine months of 2003 also included dividends paid to shareholders of $201 million.

 

On July 28, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.22 per share ($147 million) to shareholders of record as of the close of business September 10, 2004, which was paid on September 30, 2004.  The Company paid $261 million of dividends in the second quarter of 2004, comprised of the regular quarterly dividend totaling $147 million, and $114 million that had been declared by SPC prior to the merger.  That amount consisted of SPC’s regular quarterly dividend at a rate of $0.29 per share ($66 million), and a special $0.21 per share ($48 million) dividend related to the merger.  The Company is expected to pay common dividends at an annual rate of $0.88 per share post-merger.  The special dividend declared by SPC prior to the closing of the merger was designed to result in the holders of SPC’s common stock prior to the merger receiving aggregate dividends with record dates in 2004 of $1.16 per share, which was SPC’s indicated annual dividend rate prior to the merger.  On October 27, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.22 per share, payable December 31, 2004 to shareholders of record on December 10, 2004. 

 

The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of the Company’s common stock will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  Dividends would be paid by the Company only if declared by its Board of Directors out of funds legally available, subject to any other restrictions that may be applicable to the Company.

 

Upon completion of the merger on April 1, 2004, the Company acquired all obligations related to SPC’s outstanding debt, which had a carrying value of $3.68 billion at the time of the merger.  In accordance with purchase accounting, the carrying value of the SPC debt acquired was adjusted to market value as of April 1, 2004 using the effective interest rate method, which resulted in a $301 million adjustment to increase the amount of the Company’s consolidated debt outstanding.  That fair value adjustment is being amortized over the remaining life of the respective debt instruments acquired.  That amortization, which totaled $19 million and $38 million, respectively, in the third quarter and first nine months of 2004, reduced reported interest expense during those periods. 

 

The Company has the option to defer interest payments on its convertible junior subordinated notes for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly interest periods.  If the Company elects to defer interest payments on the notes, it will not be permitted, with limited exceptions, to pay dividends on its common stock during a deferral period.

 

71



 

Ratings

 

Ratings are an important factor in setting the Company’s competitive position in the insurance marketplace.  The Company receives ratings from the following major rating agencies: A.M. Best Co. (A.M. Best), Fitch Ratings (Fitch), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Corp. (S&P).  Rating agencies typically issue two types of ratings: claims-paying (or financial strength) ratings which assess an insurer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to policyholders and debt ratings which assess a company’s prospects for repaying its debts and assist lenders in setting interest rates and terms for a company’s short and long term borrowing needs.  The system and the number of rating categories can vary widely from rating agency to rating agency.  Customers usually focus on claims-paying ratings, while creditors focus on debt ratings.  Investors use both to evaluate a company’s overall financial strength.  The ratings issued on the Company or its subsidiaries by any of these agencies are announced publicly and are available on the Company’s website and from the agencies.

 

The Company’s insurance operations could be negatively impacted by a downgrade in one or more of the Company’s financial strength ratings.  If this were to occur, there could be a reduced demand for certain products in certain markets.  Additionally, the Company’s ability to access the capital markets could be impacted and higher borrowing costs may be incurred.

 

In January 2004, A.M. Best placed the financial strength rating of A of Gulf, a then majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, under review with developing implications, and S&P indicated that its A+ counterparty credit and financial strength ratings on members of the Gulf Insurance Group are remaining on CreditWatch with negative implications, pending the completion of a support arrangement between The Travelers Indemnity Company and Gulf.

 

Also in January 2004, A.M. Best downgraded the financial strength rating of TNC Insurance Corp. (Northland, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) from A+ to A, removed the rating from under review and assigned a stable outlook.

 

In connection with the April 1, 2004 consummation of the merger, A.M. Best, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch announced the following rating actions with respect to the Company.

 

                  A.M. Best:  On April 2, 2004, A.M. Best downgraded the financial strength rating of the Travelers Property Casualty Pool to A+ from A++.  The rating has been removed from under review and assigned a stable outlook.  A.M. Best also downgraded the debt ratings to a from aa- on senior and to a- from a+ on subordinated notes issued by TPC and TIGHI.  These ratings have been removed from under review and assigned stable outlooks.  A.M. Best also removed from under review and affirmed the St. Paul Insurance Group financial strength rating of A with a positive outlook, and removed from under review and upgraded The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. senior debt rating to a from bbb+ with a stable outlook.

 

                  Moody’s:  On March 31, 2004, Moody’s announced that it had lowered the debt ratings of TPC and TIGHI by one notch (senior debt to A3 from A2 and junior subordinated debt to Baa1 from A3).  Following its rating action, Moody’s noted the outlook for the debt and financial strength ratings of TPC and its rated affiliates is stable.  Moody’s rated the members of the Travelers Property Casualty Pool Aa3 for insurance financial strength with a stable outlook.  Moody’s affirmed the St. Paul Insurance Group financial strength rating of A1 with a positive outlook and affirmed The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. senior debt rating of A3 with a stable outlook.

 

72



 

                  S&P:  On April 1, 2004, S&P lowered its counterparty credit and financial strength ratings on the members of the Travelers Property Casualty Pool, Travelers Casualty and Surety Co. of America, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Co. of Europe Ltd. (Travelers Europe) to A+ from AA- and removed them from CreditWatch.  S&P also lowered its counterparty credit rating of TPC to BBB+ from A- and removed it from CreditWatch.  The A+ counterparty credit and financial strength ratings on Gulf and its intercompany insurance pool members remain on CreditWatch with negative implications pending receipt of explicit support from Travelers.  S&P expects that The Travelers Indemnity Company will guarantee all past and future liabilities associated with Gulf’s book of business.  S&P noted that the outlook on all TPC operating units (except for Gulf) is stable.  S&P removed from CreditWatch and affirmed the financial strength rating of A+ of the St. Paul Insurance Group, and removed The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. from CreditWatch and affirmed The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. senior debt rating of BBB+, both with a stable outlook.

 

                  Fitch:  On April 1, 2004, Fitch announced the insurer financial strength ratings of TPC’s primary underwriting pool were removed from Rating Watch Negative and affirmed at AA.  The Rating Outlook is Stable.  Both TPC and TIGHI’s long-term issuer ratings and senior debt have been removed from Rating Watch Negative and downgraded to A- from A.  For all debt ratings, the Rating Outlook is Stable.  Fitch also removed The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. from Rating Watch Positive and upgraded the senior debt rating to A from BBB with a stable outlook.

 

On June 29, 2004 A.M. Best announced the following ratings changes:

 

                  A.M. Best upgraded the financial strength rating of Travelers Casualty and Surety of Europe to A+ from A with a stable outlook.

 

                  A.M. Best downgraded the financial strength rating of Gulf Insurance Group to A- from A with a stable outlook.

 

In connection with the Company’s July 23, 2004 announcement of estimated range of earnings, A.M. Best, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch announced the following rating actions with respect to the Company.

 

                  A.M. Best: On July 23, 2004, A.M. Best affirmed the financial strength rating of Travelers Property Casualty Pool (A+), St. Paul Insurance Group (A) and Discover Reinsurance Company (A-). A.M. Best downgraded the debt rating to a- from a on senior, bbb+ from a- on subordinated, bbb from bbb+ on trust preferred securities and bbb from bbb+ on preferred stock for The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.  A.M. Best also downgraded the debt ratings of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. to a- from a. Discover Reinsurance Company was assigned an outlook of negative, while the St. Paul Insurance Group and Travelers PC Pool were assigned outlooks of stable.

 

                  Moody’s: On July 23, 2004, Moody’s affirmed the insurance financial strength ratings of the Travelers Property Casualty Pool (Aa3), St. Paul Insurance Group (A1) and Gulf Insurance Group (A2). Additionally, Moody’s affirmed the long-term debt ratings of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (A3). The outlook for the legacy St. Paul Insurance Group was assigned an outlook of negative.

 

                  S&P: On July 23, 2004, S&P affirmed the counterparty credit and financial strength ratings on members of the St. Paul Insurance Group, Travelers Property Casualty Pool, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Europe, LTD and Gulf Insurance Group (A+). S&P also affirmed the counterparty credit and senior debt ratings of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (BBB+).  A stable outlook was assigned to all the above ratings.

 

73



 

                  Fitch: On July 23, 2004, Fitch downgraded the insurer financial strength rating of the members of the Travelers Property Casualty Group to AA- from AA. Fitch also assigned the members of The St. Paul Insurance Group the insurer financial strength rating of AA-. The senior and long-term issuer debt ratings of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. were affirmed at A-. All ratings were assigned the outlook of stable.

 

In September 2004, S&P downgraded its counterparty and financial strength ratings of Afianzadora Insurgentes, S.A., a majority-owned subsidiary of United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company operating in Mexico, to BBB- from BBB+ in the global scale and to mxAA from mxAAA in the national scale.  The short-term financial strength ratings were affirmed at mxA-1+ in the national scale.  The ratings were removed from CreditWatch with an outlook of negative.  At the same time, counterparty and financial strength ratings were withdrawn at the Company’s request. 

 

The Company does not expect the rating actions taken or those anticipated to have any significant impact on the operations of the Company, and its insurance subsidiaries.

 

The following table summarizes the current claims-paying and financial strength ratings of Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Pool, The St. Paul Insurance Group, Travelers C&S of America, Gulf Insurance Group, Travelers Personal single state companies, Travelers Europe, Discover Reinsurance Company and Afianzadora Insurgentes, S.A., by A.M. Best, Fitch, Moody’s and S&P as of July 28, 2004.  The table also presents the position of each rating in the applicable agency’s rating scale.

 

 

 

A.M. Best

 

Moody’s

 

S&P

 

Fitch

 

Travelers Property Casualty Pool (a)

 

A+

 

(2nd of 16)

 

Aa3

 

(4th of 21)

 

A+

 

(5th of 21)

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

St. Paul Insurance Group (b)

 

A  

 

(3rd of 16)

 

A1  

 

(5th of 21)

 

A+

 

(5th of 21)

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

Travelers C&S of America

 

A+

 

(2nd of 16)

 

Aa3

 

(4th of 21)

 

A+

 

(5th of 21)

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

Gulf Insurance Group (c)

 

A-

 

(4th of 16)

 

A2  

 

(6th of 21)

 

A+

 

(5th of 21)

 

 

Northland Pool (d)

 

A  

 

(3rd of 16)

 

 

 

 

First Floridian Auto and Home Ins. Co.

 

A  

 

(3rd of 16)

 

 

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

First Trenton Indemnity Company

 

A  

 

(3rd of 16)

 

 

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

The Premier Insurance Co. of MA

 

A  

 

(3rd of 16)

 

 

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

Travelers Europe

 

A+

 

(2nd of 16)

 

 

A+

 

(5th of 21)

 

 

Discover Reinsurance Company

 

A-

 

(4th of 16)

 

 

 

AA-

 

(4th of 24)

 

Afianzadora Insurgentes, S.A.

 

A-

 

(4th of 16)

 

 

 

 

 


(a)                The Travelers Property Casualty Pool consists of The Travelers Indemnity Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, The Phoenix Insurance Company, The Standard Fire Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty Insurance Company of America, (formerly Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Illinois), Farmington Casualty Company, The Travelers Indemnity Company of Connecticut, The Automobile Insurance Company of Hartford, Connecticut, The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company, The Travelers Indemnity Company of America, Travelers Commercial Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty Company of Connecticut, Travelers Commercial Insurance Company, Travelers Property Casualty Company of America, (formerly The Travelers Indemnity Company of Illinois), Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company, TravCo Insurance Company, The Travelers Home and Marine Insurance Company, Travelers Personal Security Insurance Company, Travelers Personal Insurance Company (formerly Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company of Illinois) and Travelers Excess and Surplus Lines Company.

 

74



 

(b)               The St. Paul Insurance Group consists of Athena Assurance Company, Discover Property & Casualty Insurance Company, Discover Specialty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., GeoVera Insurance Company, Pacific Select Property Insurance Company, St. Paul Fire and Casualty Insurance Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Medical Liability Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, St. Paul Protective Insurance Company, St. Paul Surplus Lines Insurance Company, Seaboard Surety Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, USF&G Insurance Company of Mississippi and USF&G Specialty Insurance Company.

 

(c)                The Gulf Insurance Group consists of Gulf Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, Gulf Underwriters Insurance Company, Select Insurance Company and Atlantic Insurance Company.  Gulf Insurance Company reinsures 100% of the business of these subsidiaries.  Gulf Insurance Company’s direct and assumed insurance liabilities are guaranteed by The Travelers Indemnity Company.

 

(d)               The Northland Pool consists of Northland Insurance Company, Northfield Insurance Company, Northland Casualty Company, Mendota Insurance Company, Mendakota Insurance Company, American Equity Insurance Company, and American Equity Specialty Insurance Company.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

 

The Company considers its most significant accounting estimates to be those applied to claim and claim adjustment expense reserves and related reinsurance recoverables, and investment impairments.

 

Claim and Claim Adjustment Expense Reserves 

 

Gross claims and claim adjustment expense reserves by product line were as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General liability

 

$

18,953

 

$

11,042

 

Property

 

5,140

 

2,162

 

Commercial multi-peril

 

4,356

 

3,384

 

Commercial automobile

 

4,696

 

2,717

 

Workers’ compensation

 

14,799

 

11,288

 

Fidelity and surety

 

1,781

 

581

 

Personal automobile

 

2,791

 

2,384

 

Homeowners and personal lines – other

 

1,130

 

916

 

International and other

 

3,594

 

 

Property-casualty

 

57,240

 

34,474

 

Accident and health

 

140

 

99

 

Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves

 

$

57,380

 

$

34,573

 

 

The Company maintains loss reserves to cover estimated ultimate unpaid liability for claims and claim adjustment expenses with respect to reported and unreported claims incurred as of the end of each accounting period.  Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but instead represent estimates, generally utilizing actuarial projection techniques, at a given accounting date.  These reserve estimates are expectations of what the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost based on the Company’s assessment of facts and circumstances then known, review of historical settlement patterns, estimates of trends in claims severity, frequency, legal theories of

 

75



 

liability and other factors.  Variables in the reserve estimation process can be affected by both internal and external events, such as changes in claims handling procedures, economic inflation, legal trends and legislative changes.  Many of these items are not directly quantifiable, particularly on a prospective basis.  Additionally, there may be significant reporting lags between the occurrence of the policyholder event and the time it is actually reported to the insurer.  Reserve estimates are continually refined in a regular ongoing process as historical loss experience develops and additional claims are reported and settled.  Adjustments to reserves are reflected in the results of the periods in which the estimates are changed.  Because establishment of reserves is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates, currently established reserves may not be sufficient.  If estimated reserves are insufficient, the Company will incur additional income statement charges.

 

Some of the Company’s loss reserves are for asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation, which aggregated $4.68 billion on a gross basis at September 30, 2004.  While the ongoing study of asbestos claims and associated liabilities and of environmental claims considers the inconsistencies of court decisions as to coverage, plaintiffs’ expanded theories of liability and the risks inherent in major litigation and other uncertainties, in the opinion of the Company’s management, it is possible that the outcome of the continued uncertainties regarding asbestos or environmental related claims could result in liability in future periods that differ from current reserves by an amount that could be material to the Company’s future operating results and financial condition.  See the discussion of Asbestos Claims and Litigation and Environmental Claims and Litigation in this report.

 

As described earlier, the Company acquired SPC’s runoff health care reserves in the merger, which are included in the General Liability product line in the table above.  SPC had ceased underwriting new business in this operation at the end of 2001 and had experienced significant adverse loss development on its health care loss reserves since that time.  The Company continues to utilize specific tools and metrics to explicitly monitor and validate its key assumptions supporting its conclusions with regard to these reserves.  These tools and metrics were established to more explicitly monitor and validate key assumptions supporting the Company’s reserve conclusions since management believed that its traditional statistics and reserving methods needed to be supplemented in order to provide a more meaningful analysis.  The tools developed track three primary indicators which influence those conclusions and include:  a) newly reported claims, b) reserve development on known claims and c) the “redundancy ratio,” which compares the cost of resolving claims to the reserve established for that individual claim.  These three indicators are related such that if one deteriorates, additional improvement on another is necessary for the Company to conclude that further reserve strengthening is not necessary.  The results of these indicators in the third quarter of 2004 support the Company’s current view that it has recorded a reasonable provision for its medical malpractice exposures as of September 30, 2004.

 

Reinsurance Recoverables

 

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable assets:

 

 

 

As of

 

(in millions)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Gross reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses

 

$

12,430

 

$

6,946

 

Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance

 

(727

)

(387

)

Net reinsurance recoverables

 

11,703

 

6,559

 

Mandatory pools and associations

 

2,487

 

2,204

 

Structured settlements

 

3,961

 

2,411

 

Total reinsurance recoverables

 

$

18,151

 

$

11,174

 

 

76



 

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured business.  The Company evaluates and monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers under voluntary reinsurance arrangements to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.  In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Company may become involved in coverage disputes with its reinsurers.  In recent quarters, the Company has experienced an increase in the frequency of these reinsurance coverage disputes.  Some of these disputes could result in lawsuits and arbitrations brought by or against the reinsurers to determine the Company’s rights and obligations under the various reinsurance agreements.  The Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive strategies to manage reinsurance collections and disputes.

 

The Company reports its reinsurance recoverables net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables.  The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing, amounts in dispute, applicable coverage defenses, and other relevant factors.  Accordingly, the establishment of reinsurance recoverables and the related allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables is also an inherently uncertain process involving estimates.  Changes in these estimates could result in additional income statement charges.  The $340 million increase in the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance since December 31, 2003 primarily reflected the impact of the merger and charges recorded in the second quarter to increase the allowance, as discussed earlier in this report.

 

Investment Impairments

 

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

 

An investment in a fixed maturity or equity security which is available for sale or reported at fair value is impaired if its fair value falls below its book value and the decline is considered to be other-than-temporary.

 

Fixed maturities for which fair value is less than 80% of amortized cost for more than one quarter are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment.  A fixed maturity is impaired if it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due under the security’s contractual terms.

 

Factors the Company considers in determining whether a decline is other-than-temporary for debt securities include the following:

 

                  the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost. It is likely that the decline will become “other-than-temporary” if the market value has been below cost for six to nine months or more;

                  the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer.  The issuer may be experiencing depressed and declining earnings relative to competitors, erosion of market share, deteriorating financial position, lowered dividend payments, declines in securities ratings, bankruptcy, and financial statement reports that indicate an uncertain future.  Also, the issuer may experience specific events that may influence its operations or earnings potential, such as changes in technology, discontinuation of a business segment, catastrophic losses or exhaustion of natural resources; and

                  the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery.

 

Equity investments are impaired when it becomes probable that the Company will not recover its cost over the expected holding period.  Public equity investments (i.e., common stocks) trading at a price that is less than 80% of cost for more than one quarter are reviewed for impairment.  Investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting are evaluated for impairment any time the investment has sustained losses and/or negative operating cash flow for a period of nine months or more.  Events triggering the other-than-temporary impairment analysis of public and non-public equities may include the following, in addition to the considerations noted above for debt securities:

 

77



 

Factors affecting performance:

 

                  the investee loses a principal customer or supplier for which there is no short-term prospect for replacement or experiences other substantial changes in market conditions;

                  the company is performing substantially and consistently behind plan;

                  the investee has announced, or the Company has become aware of, adverse changes or events such as changes or planned changes in senior management, restructurings, or a sale of assets; and

                  the regulatory, economic, or technological environment has changed in a way that is expected to adversely affect the investee’s profitability.

 

Factors affecting on-going financial condition:

 

                  factors that raise doubts about the investee’s ability to continue as a going concern, such as negative cash flows from operations, working-capital deficiencies, investment advisors’ recommendations, or non-compliance with regulatory capital requirements or debt covenants;

                  a secondary equity offering at a price substantially lower than the holder’s cost;

                  a breach of a covenant or the failure to service debt; and

                  fraud within the company.

 

For fixed maturity and equity investments, factors that may indicate that a decline in value is not other-than-temporary include the following:

                  the securities owned continue to generate reasonable earnings and dividends, despite a general stock market decline;

                  bond interest or preferred stock dividend rate (on cost) is lower than rates for similar securities issued currently but quality of investment is not adversely affected; 

                  the investment is performing as expected and is current on all expected payments;

                  specific, recognizable, short-term factors have affected the market value; and

                  financial condition, market share, backlog and other key statistics indicate growth.

 

Venture Capital Investments

Other investments include venture capital investments, which are generally non-publicly traded instruments, consisting of early-stage companies and, historically, having a holding period of four to seven years.  These investments have primarily been made in the health care, software and computer services, and networking and information technologies infrastructures industries.  The Company typically is involved with venture capital companies early in their formation, as they are developing and determining the viability of, and market demand for, their product.  Generally the Company does not expect these venture capital companies to record revenues in the early stages of their development, which can often take three to four years, and does not generally expect them to become profitable for an even longer period of time.  With respect to the Company’s valuation of such non-publicly traded venture capital investments, on a quarterly basis, portfolio managers as well as an internal valuation committee review and consider a variety of factors in determining the potential for loss impairment.  Factors considered include the following:

 

                  the issuer’s most recent financing event;

                  an analysis of whether fundamental deterioration has occurred;

                  whether or not the issuer’s progress has been substantially less than expected;

                  whether or not the valuations have declined significantly in the entity’s market sector;

                  whether or not the internal valuation committee believes it is probable that the issuer will need financing within six months at a lower price than our carrying value; and

                  whether or not we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery, enabling us to receive value equal to or greater than our cost.

 

78



 

The quarterly valuation procedures described above are in addition to the portfolio managers’ ongoing responsibility to frequently monitor developments affecting those invested assets, paying particular attention to events that might give rise to impairment write-downs.

 

The Company manages the portfolio to maximize long-term return, evaluating current market conditions and the future outlook for the entities in which it has invested.  Because this portfolio primarily consists of privately-held, early-stage venture investments, events giving rise to impairment can occur in a brief period of time (e.g., the entity has been unsuccessful in securing additional financing, other investors decide to withdraw their support, complications arise in the product development process, etc.), and decisions are made at that point in time, based on the specific facts and circumstances, with respect to a recognition of “other-than-temporary” impairment or sale of the investment. 

 

Impairment charges included in net pretax realized investment gains and losses were as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

(in millions)

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

6

 

$

8

 

$

9

 

Equity securities

 

3

 

 

2

 

Venture capital

 

 

14

 

12

 

Real estate and other

 

2

 

1

 

5

 

Total

 

$

11

 

$

23

 

$

28

 

 

 

 

2003

 

(in millions)

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

4th Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

41

 

$

15

 

$

6

 

$

3

 

Equity securities

 

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

Real estate and other

 

17

 

 

 

2

 

Total

 

$

58

 

$

19

 

$

7

 

$

6

 

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company recognized other-than-temporary impairments of $9 million and $23 million, respectively, in the fixed income portfolio related to various issuers with credit risk associated with the issuer’s deteriorated financial position.

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company realized impairments of $12 million and $26 million in its venture capital portfolio on 15 holdings.  Three of the holdings were impaired due to new financings at less than favorable rates.  Five holdings experienced fundamental economic deterioration (characterized by less than expected revenues or a fundamental change in product).  Seven of the holdings were impaired due to the impending sale, liquidation or shutdown of the entity.  The Company continues to evaluate current developments in the market that have the potential to affect the valuation of the Company’s investments.

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company realized impairments of $5 million and $8 million, respectively, in its real estate and other holdings.  The losses recorded in the third quarter were the result of falling rental rates and occupancies in three of the Company’s real estate investment holdings.

 

79



 

For publicly traded securities, the amounts of the impairments were recognized by writing down the investments to quoted market prices.  For non-publicly traded securities, impairments are recognized by writing down the investment to its estimated fair value, as determined during the Company’s quarterly internal review process.

 

The specific circumstances that led to the impairments described above did not materially impact other individual investments held during 2004. 

 

The Company’s investment portfolio includes non-publicly traded investments, such as real estate partnerships and joint ventures, investment partnerships, private equities, venture capital investments and certain fixed income securities.  The real estate partnerships and joint ventures, investment partnerships and certain private equities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, which are carried at cost, adjusted for the Company’s share of earnings or losses and reduced by any cash distributions.  Certain other private equity investments, including venture capital investments, are not subject to the provisions of SFAS 115 but are reported at estimated fair value in accordance with SFAS 60.  The fair value of the venture capital investments is based on an estimate determined by an internal valuation committee for securities for which there is no public market.  The internal valuation committee reviews such factors as recent filings, operating results, balance sheet stability, growth, and other business and market sector fundamental statistics in estimating fair values of specific investments. 

 

The following is a summary of the approximate carrying value of the Company’s non-publicly traded securities at September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

Carrying Value

 

 

 

 

 

Investment partnerships, including hedge funds

 

$

1,890

 

Fixed income securities

 

343

 

Equity investments

 

387

 

Real estate partnerships and joint ventures

 

189

 

Venture capital

 

429

 

Total

 

$

3,238

 

 

The following table summarizes for all fixed maturities and equity securities available for sale and for equity securities reported at fair value for which fair value is less than 80% of amortized cost at September 30, 2004, the gross unrealized investment loss by length of time those securities have continuously been in an unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

Period For Which Fair Value Is Less Than 80% of Amortized Cost

 

(in millions)

 

Less Than 3
Months

 

Greater Than 3
Months, Less
Than 6 Months

 

Greater Than 6
Months, Less
Than
12 Months

 

Greater Than
12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Venture capital

 

7

 

14

 

 

 

21

 

Total

 

$

7

 

$

14

 

$

 

$

 

$

21

 

 

80



 

The Company believes that the prices of the securities identified above were temporarily depressed primarily as a result of market dislocation and generally poor cyclical economic conditions.  Further, unrealized losses as of September 30, 2004 represent less than 1% of the portfolio, and, therefore, any impact on the Company’s financial position would not be significant.

 

At September 30, 2004, non-investment grade securities comprised 3% of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio.  Included in those categories at September 30, 2004 were securities in an unrealized loss position that, in the aggregate, had an amortized cost of $357 million and a fair value of $346 million, resulting in a net pretax unrealized loss of $11 million.  These securities in an unrealized loss position represented less than 1% of the total amortized cost and less than 1% of the fair value of the fixed income portfolio at September 30, 2004, and accounted for 5% of the total pretax unrealized loss in the fixed income portfolio.

 

Following are the pretax realized losses on investments sold during the three months ended September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

Loss

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

60

 

$

1,381

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

7

 

Other

 

2

 

5

 

Total

 

$

63

 

$

1,393

 

 

Following are the pretax realized losses on investments sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2004:

 

(in millions)

 

Loss

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities

 

$

125

 

$

3,057

 

Equity securities

 

4

 

39

 

Other

 

28

 

203

 

Total

 

$

157

 

$

3,299

 

 

Resulting purchases and sales of investments are based on cash requirements, the characteristics of the insurance liabilities and current market conditions.  The Company identifies investments to be sold to achieve its primary investment goals of assuring the Company’s ability to meet policyholder obligations as well as to optimize investment returns, given these obligations.

 

FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

See note 3 of notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

 

OUTLOOK

 

There are currently state and federal proposals to reform the existing system for handling asbestos claims and related litigation.  One prominent proposal is the creation of a federal asbestos claims trust to compensate asbestos claimants.  The trust would primarily be funded by former manufacturers, distributors and sellers of asbestos products and

 

81



 

insurers.  At this time it is not possible to predict the likelihood or timing of enactment of such proposals.  The effect on the Company, if these proposals are enacted, will depend upon various factors including the size of the compensation fund, the portion allocated to insurers and the formula for allocating contributions among insurers.  If legislative reform proposals are enacted, the Company’s contribution allocation could be larger than its current asbestos reserves.

 

A number of governmental and regulatory authorities, including, among others, the New York Attorney General and the Connecticut Attorney General, have announced ongoing, industry-wide investigations of insurance sales practices.  Because the investigations are so recent and continue to develop, the Company is not able to predict how the industry may be affected and, in turn, what impact changes in the industry may have on the Company.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report may contain, and management may make, certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements, other than statements of historical facts, may be forward-looking statements.  Specifically, the Company may make forward-looking statements about the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity; the sufficiency of the Company’s asbestos and other reserves; and the post-merger integration.  Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond the Company’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements.

 

Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following: adverse developments involving asbestos claims and related litigation; the impact of aggregate policy coverage limits for asbestos claims; the impact of bankruptcies of various asbestos producers and related businesses; the willingness of parties including the Company to settle asbestos-related litigation; the Company’s ability to fully integrate the former St. Paul and Travelers businesses in the manner or in the timeframe currently anticipated; insufficiency of, or changes in, loss and loss adjustment expense reserves; the Company’s inability to obtain prices sought due to competition or otherwise; the occurrence of catastrophic events, both natural and man-made, including terrorist acts, with a severity or frequency exceeding the Company’s expectations; exposure to, and adverse developments involving, environmental claims and related litigation; the impact of claims related to exposure to potentially harmful products or substances, including, but not limited to, lead paint, silica and other potentially harmful substances; adverse changes in loss cost trends, including inflationary pressures in medical costs and auto and building repair costs; the effects of corporate bankruptcies on surety bond claims; adverse developments in the cost, availability and/or ability to collect reinsurance; the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to us; adverse developments in legal proceedings; judicial expansion of policy coverage and the impact of new theories of liability; the impact of legislative and other governmental actions, including, but not limited to, federal and state legislation related to asbestos liability reform and governmental actions regarding the compensation of brokers and agents; the performance of the Company’s investment portfolios, which could be adversely impacted by adverse developments in U.S. and global financial markets, interest rates and rates of inflation; weakening U.S. and global economic conditions; larger than expected assessments for guaranty funds and mandatory pooling arrangements; a downgrade in the Company’s claims-paying and financial strength ratings; the loss or significant restriction on the Company’s ability to use credit scoring in the pricing and underwriting of Personal policies; and changes to the regulatory capital requirements.

 

The Company’s forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update its forward-looking statements.

 

82



 

Item 3.          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and other relevant market rate or price changes.  Market risk is directly influenced by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying assets are traded.  The Company analyzes quantitative information about market risk based on sensitivity analysis models. 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The primary market risk to the investment portfolio is interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturity securities.  The primary market risk for all of the Company’s debt is interest rate risk at the time of refinancing.  Changes in the financial instruments included in the Company’s sensitivity analysis model, including fixed maturities, interest-bearing non-redeemable preferred stocks, mortgage loans, short-term securities, cash, investment income accrued, fixed rate trust securities and derivative financial instruments, have occurred since December 31, 2003.   The primary reason for these changes was the April 1, 2004 merger of TPC with a subsidiary of SPC, in which TPC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the merger).  For information regarding the merger, see note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. 

 

The sensitivity analysis model used by the Company produces a loss in fair value of market sensitive instruments of approximately $2.1 billion and $1.2 billion based on a 100 basis point increase in interest rates as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.

 

The loss in fair value estimates does not take into account the impact of possible interventions that the Company might reasonably undertake in order to mitigate or avoid losses that would result from emerging interest rate trends.  In addition, the loss value only reflects the impact of an interest rate increase on the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.  As a result, the loss value excludes a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, which if included in the sensitivity analysis model, would potentially mitigate the impact of the loss in fair value associated with a 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

As a result of the merger, changes in the Company’s exposure to equity price risk and foreign exchange risk have occurred since December 31, 2003.  This market risk exposure is concentrated in the Company’s invested assets, and insurance reserves, denominated in foreign currencies.  Cash flows from the Company’s foreign operations are the primary source of funds for the purchase of investments denominated in foreign currencies.  The Company purchases these investments primarily to hedge insurance reserves and other liabilities denominated in the same currency, effectively reducing its foreign currency exchange rate exposure.

 

At September 30, 2004, approximately 5.7% of the Company’s invested assets were denominated in foreign currencies. Invested assets denominated in the British Pound Sterling comprised approximately 3.0% of total invested assets at September 30, 2004. The Company has determined that a hypothetical 10% reduction in the value of the Pound Sterling would have an approximate $192 million reduction in the value of its assets, although there would be a similar offsetting change in the value of the related insurance reserves.  No other individual foreign currency accounts for more than 1.4% of the Company’s invested assets at September 30, 2004.

 

The Company has also entered into foreign currency forwards with a U.S. dollar equivalent notional amount of $347 million as of September 30, 2004 to hedge its foreign currency exposure on certain contracts.  Of this total, 14% are denominated in British Pound Sterling, 33% are denominated in the Japanese yen, 30% are denominated in the Euro and 23% are denominated in the Canadian dollar.  The Company’s exposure to foreign exchange risk was not significant at December 31, 2003.

 

83



 

Item 4.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.  Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.  As a result of the merger of SPC and TPC and the consolidation of the Company’s corporate headquarters in St. Paul, Minnesota, the Company made a number of significant changes in its internal controls over financial reporting beginning in the second quarter of 2004.  The changes involved combining the financial reporting process and the attendant personnel and system changes.  The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2004.  Based upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures provided reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to accomplish their objectives.

 

In addition, except as described above, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

This section describes the major pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party or to which any of the Company’s property is subject. 

 

Asbestos and Environmental-Related Proceedings 

 

In the ordinary course of its insurance business, the Company receives claims for insurance arising under policies issued by the Company asserting alleged injuries and damages from asbestos and other hazardous waste and toxic substances which are the subject of related coverage litigation, including, among others, the litigation described below.  The Company continues to be subject to aggressive asbestos-related litigation.  The conditions surrounding the final resolution of these claims and the related litigation continue to change. 

 

TPC is involved in bankruptcy and two other significant proceedings relating to ACandS, Inc. (ACandS), formerly a national distributor and installer of products containing asbestos.  The proceedings involve disputes as to whether and to what extent any of ACandS’ potential liabilities for bodily injury asbestos claims are covered by insurance policies issued by TPC.  These proceedings have resulted in decisions favorable to TPC, although those decisions are subject to appellate review.  The status of the various proceedings is described below.

 

84



 

ACandS filed for bankruptcy in September 2002 (In re: ACandS, Inc., pending in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware).  In its proposed plan of reorganization, ACandS sought to establish a trust to pay asbestos bodily injury claims against it and sought to assign to the trust its rights under the insurance policies issued by TPC.  The proposed plan and disclosure statement filed by ACandS claimed that ACandS had settled the vast majority of asbestos-related bodily injury claims currently pending against it for approximately $2.80 billion.  ACandS asserts that, based on a prior agreement between TPC and ACandS and ACandS’ interpretation of the July 31, 2003 arbitration panel ruling described below, TPC is liable for 45% of the $2.80 billion.  On January 26, 2004, the bankruptcy court issued a decision rejecting confirmation of ACandS’ proposed plan of reorganization.  The bankruptcy court found, consistent with TPC’s objections to ACandS’ proposed plan, that the proposed plan was not fundamentally fair, was not proposed in good faith and did not comply with Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  ACandS has filed a notice of appeal of the bankruptcy court’s decision and has filed objections to the bankruptcy court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law in the United States District Court.  TPC has moved to dismiss the appeal and objections and has also filed an opposition to ACandS’ objections.

 

One of the proceedings was an arbitration commenced in January 2001 to determine whether and to what extent ACandS’ financial obligations for bodily injury asbestos claims are subject to insurance policy aggregate limits.  On July 31, 2003, the arbitration panel ruled in favor of TPC that asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to the aggregate limits of the policies issued to ACandS, which have been exhausted.  In October 2003, ACandS commenced a lawsuit seeking to vacate the arbitration award as beyond the panel’s scope of authority (ACandS, Inc. v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D.Ct., E.D. Pa.).  On September 16, 2004, the Court entered an order denying ACandS’ motion to vacate the arbitration award.  On October 6, 2004, ACandS filed a notice of appeal.

 

In the other proceeding, a related case pending before the same court and commenced in September 2000 (ACandS v. Travelers Casualty and Surety Co., U.S.D. Ct. E.D. Pa.), ACandS sought a declaration of the extent to which the asbestos bodily injury claims against ACandS are subject to occurrence limits under insurance policies issued by TPC.  TPC filed a motion to dismiss this action based upon the July 31, 2003 arbitration decision.  The Court found the dispute was moot as a result of the arbitration panel’s decision.  The Court, therefore, based on the arbitration panel’s decision, dismissed the case.  On October 6, 2004, ACandS filed a notice of appeal.

 

While the Company cannot predict the outcome of the appeals of the various ACandS rulings or other legal actions, based on these rulings, the Company would not have any significant obligations under any policies issued by TPC to ACandS.

 

In October 2001 and April 2002, two purported class action suits (Wise v. Travelers and Meninger v. Travelers), were filed against TPC and other insurers (not including SPC) in state court in West Virginia.  These cases were subsequently consolidated into a single proceeding in Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia.  Plaintiffs allege that the insurer defendants engaged in unfair trade practices by inappropriately handling and settling asbestos claims.  The plaintiffs seek to reopen large numbers of settled asbestos claims and to impose liability for damages, including punitive damages, directly on insurers.  Lawsuits similar to Wise were filed in Massachusetts and Hawaii (these suits are collectively referred to as the “Statutory and Hawaii Actions”).  Also, in November 2001, plaintiffs in consolidated asbestos actions pending before a mass tort panel of judges in West Virginia state court moved to amend their complaint to name TPC as a defendant, alleging that TPC and other insurers breached alleged duties to certain users of asbestos products.  In March 2002, the court granted the motion to amend.  Plaintiffs seek damages, including punitive damages.  Lawsuits seeking similar relief and raising allegations similar to those presented in the West Virginia amended complaint are also pending in Ohio and Texas state courts against TPC, SPC and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Corporation (USF&G) and in Louisiana state court against TPC (the claims asserted in these suits, together with the West Virginia suit, are collectively referred to as the “Common Law Claims”).

 

85



 

All of the actions against TPC described in the preceding paragraph, other than the Hawaii Actions, had been subject to a temporary restraining order entered by the federal bankruptcy court in New York that had previously presided over and approved the reorganization in bankruptcy of TPC’s former policyholder Johns Manville.  In August 2002, the bankruptcy court conducted a hearing on TPC’s motion for a preliminary injunction prohibiting further prosecution of the lawsuits pursuant to the reorganization plan and related orders.  At the conclusion of this hearing, the court ordered the parties to mediation, appointed a mediator and continued the temporary restraining order.  During 2003, the same bankruptcy court extended the existing injunction to apply to an additional set of cases filed in various state courts in Texas and Ohio as well as to the attorneys who are prosecuting these cases.  The order also enjoined these attorneys and their respective law firms from commencing any further lawsuits against TPC based upon these allegations without the prior approval of the court.  Notwithstanding the injunction, additional Common Law Claims were filed and served on TPC. 

 

On November 19, 2003, the parties advised the bankruptcy court that a settlement of the Statutory and Hawaii Actions had been reached.  This settlement includes a lump sum payment of up to $412 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  After continued meetings with the mediator, the parties advised the bankruptcy court on May 25, 2004 that a settlement resolving substantially all pending and similar future Common Law Claims against TPC had also been reached.  This settlement requires a payment of up to $90 million by TPC, subject to a number of significant contingencies.  Each of these settlements was contingent upon, among other things, an order of the bankruptcy court clarifying that all of these claims, and similar future asbestos-related claims against TPC, are barred by prior orders entered by the bankruptcy court in connection with the original Johns-Manville bankruptcy proceedings.

 

On August 17, 2004, the bankruptcy court entered an order approving the settlements and clarifying its prior orders that all of the pending Statutory and Hawaii Actions and substantially all Common Law Claims pending against TPC are barred.  The order also applies to similar direct action claims that may be filed in the future. 

 

Several notices of appeal from that order have been taken and are currently pending.  The Company has no obligation to pay any of the settlement amounts unless and until the orders and relief become final and are not subject to any further appellate review.  It is not possible to predict how appellate courts will rule on the pending appeals.

 

SPC and USF&G, which are not covered by the bankruptcy court rulings on the settlements described above, have numerous defenses in all of the direct action cases asserting Common Law Claims that are pending against them.  Many of these defenses have been raised in initial motions to dismiss filed by SPC and USF&G and other insurers.  There have been favorable rulings during 2003 and 2004 in Texas and during 2004 in Ohio on some of these motions filed by SPC, USF&G and other insurers that dealt with statute of limitations and the validity of the alleged causes of actions.  The plaintiffs in these actions have appealed these favorable rulings.  SPC’s and USF&G’s defenses include the fact that these novel theories have no basis in law; that they are directly at odds with the well established law pertaining to the insured/insurer relationship; that there is no generalized duty to warn as alleged by the plaintiffs; and that the applicable statute of limitations as to many of these claims has long since expired. 

 

The Company is defending its asbestos and environmental-related litigation vigorously and believes that it has meritorious defenses; however, the outcome of these disputes is uncertain.  In this regard, the Company employs dedicated specialists and aggressive resolution strategies to manage asbestos and environmental loss exposure, including settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.  For a discussion of other information regarding the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asbestos Claims and Litigation”, “– Environmental Claims and Litigation” and “– Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.”

 

86



 

Currently, it is not possible to predict legal outcomes and their impact on the future development of claims and litigation relating to asbestos and environmental claims.  Any such development will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.  Because of these uncertainties, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the current related reserves.  In addition, the Company’s estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may change.  These additional liabilities or increases in estimates, or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and could result in income statement charges that could be material to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition in future periods.

 

Other Proceedings

 

Beginning in January 1997, various plaintiffs commenced a series of purported class actions and one multi-party action in various courts against some of TPC’s subsidiaries, dozens of other insurers and the National Council on Compensation Insurance, or the NCCI.  The allegations in the actions are substantially similar.  The plaintiffs generally allege that the defendants conspired to collect excessive or improper premiums on loss-sensitive workers’ compensation insurance policies in violation of state insurance laws, antitrust laws, and state unfair trade practices laws.  Plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages.  After several voluntary dismissals, refilings and consolidations, actions are, or until recently were, pending in the following jurisdictions:  Georgia (Melvin Simon & Associates, Inc., et al. v. Standard Fire Insurance Company, et al.); Tennessee (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company, et al.); Florida (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al. and Bristol Hotel Management Corporation, et al. v. Aetna Casualty & Surety Company, et al.); New Jersey (Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.); Illinois (CR/PL Management Co., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company Group, et al.); Pennsylvania (Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc. v. American Insurance Company, et al.); Missouri (American Freightways Corporation, et al. v. American Insurance Co., et al.); California (Bristol Hotels & Resorts, et al. v. NCCI, et al.);  Texas (Sandwich Chef of Texas, Inc., et al. v. Reliance National Indemnity Insurance Company, et al.); Alabama (Alumax Inc., et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.); Michigan (Alumax, Inc., et al. v. National Surety Corp., et al.); Kentucky (Payless Cashways, Inc., et al. v. National Surety Corp. et al.); New York (Burnham Service Corp. v. American Motorists Insurance Company, et al.); and Arizona (Albany International Corp. v. American Home Assurance Company, et al.).

 

The trial courts ordered dismissal of the Alabama, California, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and New York cases, and one of the two Florida cases (Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al. v. Allianz Insurance Company, et al.).  In addition, the trial courts have ordered partial dismissals of five other cases: those pending in Tennessee, New Jersey, Illinois, Missouri and Arizona.  The trial courts in Georgia, Texas and Michigan denied defendants’ motions to dismiss.  The California appellate court reversed the trial court in part and ordered reinstatement of most claims, while the New York appellate court affirmed dismissal in part and allowed plaintiffs to dismiss their remaining claims voluntarily.  The Michigan, Pennsylvania and New Jersey courts denied class certification. The New Jersey appellate court denied plaintiffs’ request to appeal.  After the rulings described above, the plaintiffs withdrew the New York and Michigan cases.  Although the trial court in Texas granted class certification, the appellate court subsequently reversed that ruling, holding that class certification should not have been granted and the United States Supreme Court denied plaintiff’s request for further review of that appellate ruling.  TPC is vigorously defending all of the pending cases and the Company’s management believes TPC has meritorious defenses; however, the outcome of these disputes is uncertain.

 

87



 

From time to time the Company is involved in proceedings addressing disputes with its reinsurers regarding the collection of amounts due under the Company's reinsurance agreements. These proceedings may be initiated by the Company or the reinsurers and may involve the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the coverage of particular claims, exclusions under the agreements, as well as counterclaims for rescission of the agreements. One of these disputes is the action described in the following paragraph.

 

Gulf Insurance Company (Gulf), a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPC, brought an action on May 22, 2003, as amended on May 12, 2004, in the Supreme Court of New York, County of New York (Gulf Insurance Company v. Transatlantic Reinsurance Company, et al.), against Transatlantic Reinsurance Company (Transatlantic), XL Reinsurance America, Inc. (XL), Odyssey America Reinsurance Corporation (Odyssey), Employers Reinsurance Company (Employers) and Gerling Global Reinsurance Corporation of America (Gerling), to recover amounts due under reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and related to Gulf’s February 2003 settlement of a coverage dispute under a vehicle residual value protection insurance policy.  The reinsurers have asserted counterclaims seeking rescission of the vehicle residual value reinsurance contracts issued to Gulf and unspecified damages for breach of contract.  Separate actions filed by Transatlantic and Gerling have been consolidated with the original Gulf action for pre-trial purposes.  On October 1, 2003, Gulf entered into a final settlement agreement with Employers, and all claims and counterclaims with respect to Employers have been dismissed. 

 

On May 26, 2004, the Court denied Gulf’s motion to dismiss certain claims asserted by Transatlantic and a joint motion by Transatlantic, XL and Odyssey for summary judgment against Gulf.  Discovery is currently proceeding in the matters.  Gulf denies the reinsurers’ allegations, believes that it has a strong legal basis to collect the amounts due under the reinsurance contracts and intends to vigorously pursue the actions.

 

Based on the Company's beliefs about its legal positions in its various reinsurance recovery proceedings, the Company does not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in a future period.

 

TPC and its board of directors were named as defendants in three purported class action lawsuits brought by four of TPC’s former shareholders seeking injunctive relief as well as unspecified monetary damages.  The actions were captioned Henzel, et al. v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT Nov. 17, 2003); Vozzolo v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT Nov. 17, 2003); and Farina v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Jud. Dist. of Waterbury, CT December 15, 2003). The Farina complaint also named SPC and its former subsidiary, Adams Acquisition Corp., as defendants.  On March 18, 2004, TPC and SPC announced that all of these lawsuits had been settled, subject to court approval of the settlements.  The settlement included a modification to the termination fee that could have been paid had the merger not been completed, additional disclosure in the proxy statement distributed in connection with the merger and a nominal amount for attorneys’ fees.  In light of the August 2004 shareholder litigation described below, the parties are evaluating how to proceed.

 

Beginning in August 2004, following post-merger announcements by the Company regarding, among other things, the levels of its reserves, shareholders of the Company commenced a number of purported class action lawsuits against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota and the New York State Supreme Court, New York County.  The complaints allege that the Company issued false or misleading statements in connection with the April 2004 merger between TPC and SPC.  The complaints do not specify damages.  In addition, a derivative suit has been filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the District of Minnesota, alleging common law claims arising out of the same facts and circumstances.  The Company believes that these lawsuits have no merit and intends to defend them vigorously.

 

In connection with SPC’s Western MacArthur asbestos litigation, which was recently settled, several purported class action lawsuits were filed in the fourth quarter of 2002 against SPC and its chief executive officer and chief financial officer.  In the first quarter of 2003, the lawsuits were consolidated into a single action, which made various allegations relating to the adequacy of SPC’s previous public disclosures and reserves relating to the Western MacArthur asbestos litigation, and sought unspecified damages and other relief.  In the second quarter of 2004, SPC executed a definitive settlement agreement and the court granted final approval of the settlement in the third quarter of 2004.

 

Following recent announcements by a number of governmental and regulatory authorities of industry-wide investigations of insurance sales practices, a civil purported class action lawsuit was filed on November 1, 2004, in federal court in the District of Minnesota against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors.  The complaint alleges that the Company violated federal securities law by issuing false and misleading statements relating to contingent commissions paid to insurance brokers.  The Company believes the allegations in the complaint are without merit and intends to defend vigorously.

 

88



 

SPC had disclosed in its Securities and Exchange Commission filings prior to the merger that its pretax net exposure with regard to surety bonds it had issued on behalf of companies operating in the energy trading sector totaled approximately $336 million at March 31, 2004, with the largest individual exposure approximating $173 million.  In July 2004, the company with the largest individual exposure announced an agreement to provide collateral to support the two surety bonds issued to it by SPC.  In the third quarter of 2004, that company provided all of the collateral required by the July agreement.  As a result of receipt of the collateral and implementation of the July agreement, one of the two bonds has been released and the Company expects to resolve its exposure on the other bond within its previously established reserves.

 

In addition to those described above, the Company is involved in numerous lawsuits, not involving asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability insurer defending third-party claims brought against policyholders or as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it.  While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could be significant to the Company’s results of operations in a future quarter, in the opinion of the Company’s management, it would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations for a calendar year or on the Company’s financial condition or liquidity. 

 

As part of ongoing, industry-wide investigations of insurance sales practices, the Company has received subpoenas and similar requests for information from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York, the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Connecticut and the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Minnesota, requesting documents and seeking information relating to the conduct of business between insurance brokers and the Company and its subsidiaries.  A number of the Company’s subsidiaries have also received similar requests for information from the North Carolina Department of Insurance and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation Division of Insurance.  It has been widely reported that other governmental and regulatory authorities are conducting similar inquiries, and the Company and its subsidiaries may receive additional requests for information from these authorities. The Company will cooperate fully with these requests for information.

 

89



 

Item 2.                                   UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The table below sets forth information regarding repurchases by the Company of its common stock during the periods indicated. 

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

Period
Beginning

 

Period
Ending

 

Total
number of
shares (or
units)
purchased

 

Average
price paid
per share
(or unit)

 

Total number of shares or
(units) purchased as part
of publicly announced
plans or programs

 

Maximum number (or
approximate dollar value) of
shares (or units) that may yet be
purchased under the plans or
programs

 

July 1, 2004

 

July 31, 2004

 

81,559

 

$

38.35

 

 

 

Aug. 1, 2004

 

Aug. 31, 2004

 

9,611

 

35.54

 

 

 

Sept. 1, 2004

 

Sept. 30, 2004

 

68,650

 

33.75

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

159,820

 

$

36.21

 

 

 

 


(1)          All repurchases in the table represent shares repurchased from restricted stock award recipients upon vesting of their awards to fund the recipients’ tax liabilities related to the award. 

 

Item 3.    DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

 

None. 

 

Item 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None. 

 

Item 5.    OTHER INFORMATION

 

For additional information regarding the historical financial information for SPC, please refer to SPC’s 2003 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K.

 

In November 2004, the Company and Mr. Fishman amended Mr. Fishman's employment contract to provide that his obligation to reimburse the Company for international, personal use of corporate aircraft be equal to the maximum amount legally payable under FAA regulations, not to exceed the then applicable first class rate, and to set forth certain other terms consistent with FAA regulations applicable to such use of the aircraft.

 

Item 6.    EXHIBITS

 

See Exhibit Index.

 

90



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Date:

November 8, 2004

 

By

/s/ Bruce A. Backberg

 

 

 

 

Bruce A. Backberg

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

(Authorized Signatory)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

November 8, 2004

 

By

/s/ John C. Treacy

 

 

 

 

John C. Treacy

 

 

 

Vice President & Corporate Controller

 

 

 

(Chief Accounting Officer)

 

91



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, effective as of April 1, 2004, were filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2004, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

3.2†

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

10.1†

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and Jay S. Fishman.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2†

 

Form of Employee Stock Option Grant Notification and Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3†

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Notification and Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4†

 

The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

10.5†

 

The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

12.1†

 

Statement re computation of ratios.

 

 

 

 

 

31.1†

 

Certification of Jay S. Fishman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

31.2†

 

Certification of Jay S. Benet, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

32.1†

 

Certification of Jay S. Fishman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2†

 

Certification of Jay S. Benet, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

Copies of the exhibits may be obtained from the Registrant for a reasonable fee by writing to The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., 385 Washington Street, Saint Paul, MN 55102, Attention: Corporate Secretary. 

 

The total amount of securities authorized pursuant to any instrument defining rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.  Therefore, the Company is not filing any instruments evidencing long-term debt.  However, the Company will furnish copies of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 


              Filed herewith.

 

92


EX-3.2 2 a04-12472_1ex3d2.htm EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS OF

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.        Registered Office.  The registered office of the corporation required by Chapter 302A of the Minnesota Statutes (“Chapter 302A”) to be maintained in the State of Minnesota is 385 Washington Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102.

 

Section 2.        Principal Executive Office.  The principal executive office of the corporation, where the chief executive officer of the corporation has an office, is 385 Washington Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55102.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.        Place Of Meeting.  All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the corporation or, except for a meeting called by or at the demand of a shareholder, at such other place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors (the “board” or “board of directors”).

 

Section 2.        Regular Annual Meeting.  A regular annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day in each calendar year as shall be determined by the board for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of any other business appropriate for action by the shareholders.

 

Section 3.        Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or by two or more directors or by a shareholder or shareholders holding ten percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote; except that a special meeting called by shareholders for the purpose of considering any action to directly or indirectly facilitate or effect a business combination, including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition of the board of directors for that purpose, must be called by twenty-five percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote.  A shareholder or shareholders holding the requisite voting power may demand a special meeting of shareholders only by giving the written notice of demand required by law. Special meetings shall be held on the date and at the time and place fixed as provided by law.

 

Section 4.        Notice.  Notice of all meetings of shareholders shall be given to every holder of shares entitled to vote in the manner and pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 302A.

 

Section 5.        Record Date.  The board or an officer so authorized by the board shall fix a record date not more than 60 days before the date of a meeting of shareholders as the date for the determination of the holders of voting shares entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

 

1



 

Section 6.        Quorum.  The holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting present in person or by proxy at the meeting are a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present when a meeting is convened, the shareholders present may continue to transact business until adjournment sine die, even though the withdrawal of a number of shareholders originally present leaves less than the proportion otherwise required for a quorum.

 

Section 7.        Voting Rights.  Unless otherwise provided in the terms of the shares, a shareholder has one vote for each share held on a record date. A shareholder may cast a vote in person or by proxy. Such vote shall be by written ballot unless the chairman of the meeting determines to request a voice vote on a particular matter.

 

Section 8.        Proxies.  The chairman of the meeting shall, after shareholders have had a reasonable opportunity to vote and file proxies, close the polls after which no further ballots, proxies, or revocations shall be received or considered.

 

Section 9.        Act of the Shareholders.  Except as otherwise provided by Chapter 302A or by the amended and restated articles of incorporation of the corporation, the shareholders shall take action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present and entitled to vote on that item of business.

 

Section 10.      Business of the Meeting.  At any annual meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the board or (ii) by any shareholder who is entitled to vote with respect thereto and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 10. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the corporate secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive office of the corporation not less than 60 days prior to the date of the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 70 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day of which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. A shareholder’s notice to the corporate secretary shall set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s share register, of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation’s capital stock that are beneficially owned by such shareholder; and (iv) any material interest of such shareholder in such business.  Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10. The officer of the corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10 and, if he shall so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

2



 

At any special meeting of shareholders, the business transacted shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting. With respect to a special meeting held pursuant to the demand of a shareholder or shareholders, the purposes shall be limited to those specified in the demand in the event that the shareholder or shareholders are entitled by law to call the meeting because the board does not do so.

 

Section 11.      Nomination of Directors.  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these bylaws shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of the corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) on behalf of the board of directors, by the Governance Committee of the board of directors in accordance with Article V of these bylaws and subject to paragraph (b) of Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board as described in clause (i) above, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the corporate secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive office of the corporation not less than 60 days prior to the date of the meeting, provided, however, that in the event that less than 70 days’ notice or prior disclosure of the date of this meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholders to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom such shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), and (ii) as to the shareholder giving the notice (a) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s share register, of such shareholder and (b) the class and number of shares of the corporation’s capital stock that are beneficially owned by such shareholder, and shall be accompanied by the written consent of each such person to serve as a director of the corporation, if elected.  At the request of the board acting through the Governance Committee, any person nominated at the direction of the board by such committee for election as a director shall furnish to the corporate secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11. The officer of the corporation or other person presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he shall so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.        Board to Manage.  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board.

 

3



 

Section 2.        Number and Term of Office.  Subject to Article V of these bylaws and Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation, the number of directors shall be determined by the board of directors from time to time. Each director shall be elected to serve for a term that expires at the next regular annual meeting of the shareholders and when a successor is elected and has qualified, or at the time of the earlier death, resignation, removal or disqualification of the director.

 

Section 3.        Meetings of the Board.  The board may hold meetings either within or without the State of Minnesota at such places as the board may select. If the board fails to select a place for a meeting, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation; provided, that one meeting each calendar year shall be held within the State of Connecticut.  Five regular meetings of the board shall be held each year. One shall be held immediately following the regular annual meeting of the shareholders. The other four regular meetings shall be held on dates and at times determined by the board. No notice of a regular meeting is required if the date, time and place of the meeting has been announced at a previous meeting of the board. A special meeting of the board may be called by any director or by the chief executive officer by giving, or causing the corporate secretary to give, at least 24 hours’ notice to all directors of the date, time and place of the meeting.  If present, the chairman and the chief executive officer shall jointly preside at all meetings of the board.

 

Section 4.        Advance Action by Absent Directors.  A director may give advance written consent or opposition to a proposal to be acted on at a board meeting.

 

Section 5.        Electronic Communications.  A board meeting may be held and participation in a meeting may be effected by means of any form of communications permitted by Chapter 302A.

 

Section 6.        Quorum.  At all meetings of the board, a majority of the directors then holding office is a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn a meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. If a quorum is present when a meeting is convened, the directors present may continue to transact business until adjournment sine die, even though the withdrawal of a number of directors originally present leaves less than the proportion otherwise required for a quorum.

 

Section 7.        Act of the Board.  Except as otherwise provided by the amended and restated articles of incorporation, the board shall take action by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors present at a meeting. In addition, the board may act without a meeting by written action signed (or consented to by authenticated electronic communication) by all of the directors then holding office or, on or after January 1, 2006, as otherwise provided in the amended and restated articles of incorporation.

 

4



 

Section 8.        Board-Appointed Committees.  Subject to Article V of these bylaws and Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation: (a) a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then holding office may establish committees having the authority of the board in the management of the business of the corporation; and (b) any committee, to the extent provided in the applicable resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws, shall, to the extent permitted by law, have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the board of directors.

 

Section 9.        Chairman of the Board.  Subject to Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation, the board shall at its regular meeting each year immediately following the regular annual shareholders meeting elect from its number a chairman of the board who shall serve until the next regular meeting of the board immediately following the regular annual shareholders meeting.  The chairman may be (but shall not be required to be) the chief executive officer or another executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation:

 

(a)   consult with the chief executive officer and the board on the strategic direction of the corporation;

 

(b)   report solely to the board;

 

(c)   jointly preside with the chief executive officer at all meetings of the board; and

 

(d)   perform such other duties prescribed by the board or these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.        Required Officers.  The corporation shall have officers who shall serve as chief executive officer and chief financial officer and such other officers as the board shall determine from time to time.  All senior officers of the corporation other than the chairman of the board shall report to the chief executive officer.

 

Section 2.        Chief Executive Officer.  The board shall at its regular meeting each year immediately following the regular annual shareholders meeting elect from its number a chief executive officer who shall serve until the next regular meeting of the board immediately following the regular annual shareholders meeting. Subject to Article VII of the amended and restated articles of incorporation, the chief executive officer shall

 

(a)   in consultation with the chairman and the board, have responsibility for planning the strategic direction of the company;

 

(b)   subject to the direction of the board, have responsibility for the supervision, coordination and management of the business and affairs of the corporation;

 

(c)   preside at all shareholder meetings and jointly preside with the chairman at meetings of the board;

 

5



 

(d)   have responsibility to direct and guide operations to achieve corporate profit, growth and social responsibility objectives;

 

(e)   report solely to the board;

 

(f)    see that all orders and resolutions of the board are carried into effect; and

 

(g)   perform such other duties prescribed by the board or these bylaws.

 

Section 3.        Chief Financial Officer.  The board shall elect one or more officers, however denominated, to serve at the pleasure of the board who shall together share the function of chief financial officer. The function of chief financial officer shall be to

 

(a)   cause accurate financial records to be maintained for the corporation;

 

(b)   cause all funds belonging to the corporation to be deposited in the name of and to the credit of the corporation in banks and other depositories selected pursuant to general and specific board resolutions;

 

(c)   cause corporate funds to be disbursed as appropriate in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)   cause appropriate internal control systems to be developed, maintained, improved and implemented; and

 

(e)   perform other duties prescribed by the board or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 4.        Chief Legal Officer.  The board shall elect a chief legal officer who shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The chief legal officer shall

 

(a)   serve as the senior legal counsel to the corporation;

 

(b)   have responsibility for oversight and administration of the corporation’s legal and regulatory affairs; and

 

(c)   perform other duties prescribed by the board or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 5.        Chief Investments Officer.  The board shall elect a chief investments officer who shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The chief investments officer shall

 

(a)   have responsibility for the administration of the corporation’s investment portfolio;

 

(b)   have responsibility for the supervision and oversight of compliance with the corporation’s investment policies;

 

(c)   have responsibility for monitoring the performance of investment managers, external and internal, and making recommendations to the chief executive officer with respect thereto; and

 

6



 

(d)   perform such other duties prescribed by the board or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6.        Corporate Secretary.  The board shall elect a corporate secretary who shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The corporate secretary shall

 

(a)   be present at and maintain records of and certify proceedings of the board and the shareholders and, if requested, of the executive committee and other board committees;

 

(b)   serve as custodian of all official corporate records other than those of a financial nature;

 

(c)   cause the corporation to maintain appropriate records of share transfers and shareholders; and

 

(d)   perform other duties prescribed by the board or the chief executive officer.

 

In the absence of the corporate secretary, a secretary, assistant secretary or other officer shall be designated by the chief executive officer to carry out the duties of corporate secretary.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CERTAIN GOVERNANCE MATTERS

 

Section 1.        Definitions

 

“Effective Time” has the meaning specified in the amended and restated articles of incorporation.

 

“Replacement St. Paul Director” means a director designated pursuant to this Article V by the St. Paul Directors who are members of the Governance Committee of the board (i) to fill a vacancy on the board of directors or (ii) to be nominated for election to the board of directors by the shareholders of the corporation.

 

“Replacement Travelers Director” means a director designated pursuant to this Article V by the Travelers Directors who are members of the Governance Committee of the board (i) to fill a vacancy on the board of directors or (ii) to be nominated for election to the board of directors by the shareholders of the corporation.

 

“Specified Period” has the meaning specified in the amended and restated articles of incorporation.

 

“St. Paul Directors” means (i) those eleven directors designated by the corporation to serve as members of the board of directors as of the Effective Time pursuant to a contractual right of the corporation to designate such directors and (ii) any Replacement St. Paul Director.

 

“Travelers” means Travelers Property Casualty Corp., a Connecticut corporation.

 

7



 

“Travelers Directors” means (i) those twelve Directors designated by Travelers to serve as members of the board of directors as of the Effective Time pursuant to a contractual right of Travelers to designate such directors and (ii) any Replacement Travelers Director.

 

Section 2.        Governance Committee of the Board.

 

(a)   The Governance Committee of the board of directors shall be composed of eight members, four of whom (including a co-chairman) shall, during the Specified Period, be Travelers Directors and four of whom (including a co-chairman) shall, during the Specified Period, be St. Paul Directors.  [Amended October 27, 2004]

 

(b)   The Governance Committee shall have responsibility for undertaking a complete review of the corporation’s governance standards and policies and shall make a comprehensive governance recommendation to the board of directors at the end of the Specified Period or on such earlier date as the Governance Committee shall determine.

 

(c)   The Governance Committee shall have the exclusive delegated authority of the board to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors by the shareholders of the corporation and to designate individuals to fill newly created positions on the board of directors and, during the Specified Period, the Governance Committee shall exercise such authority only by the affirmative vote of a least two-thirds of its members.  The Governance Committee shall seek meaningful input on nominations from the chairman and the chief executive officer.

 

(d)   During the Specified Period (i) a majority of the membership of the Governance Committee who are Travelers Directors shall have the exclusive delegated authority of the board to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, or on any committee of the board of directors, formerly held by a Travelers Director and (ii) a majority of the membership of the Governance Committee who are St. Paul Directors shall have the exclusive delegated authority of the board to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, or on any committee of the board of directors, formerly held by a St. Paul Director.

 

(e)   During the Specified Period, any recommendation by the Governance Committee to change the size or chairmanship of the board or any committee of the board, the responsibilities of, or the authority delegated to, any committee of the board, the ratio of the number of Travelers Directors to the number of St. Paul Directors on the board or any committee of the board shall require the approval of six members of the Governance Committee.  [Amended October 27, 2004]

 

Section 3.        Amendments.  During the Specified Period, any amendment by the board of this Article V shall require the approval of two-thirds of the members of the board.

 

8



 

ARTICLE VI

 

SHARE CERTIFICATES/TRANSFER

 

Section 1.        Certificated and Uncertificated Shares.  The shares of this corporation shall be either certificated shares or uncertificated shares.  Each holder of duly issued certificated shares is entitled to a certificate of shares, which shall be in such form as prescribed by law and adopted by the board.

 

Section 2.        Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares on the books of the corporation shall be made by the transfer agent and registrar in accordance with procedures adopted by the board.

 

Section 3.        Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  No certificate for certificated shares of the corporation shall be issued in place of one claimed to be lost, stolen or destroyed except in compliance with Section 336.8-405, Minnesota Statutes, as amended from time to time, and the corporation may require a satisfactory bond of indemnity protecting the corporation against any claim by reason of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.        Voting of Shares.  The chief executive officer, any vice president or the corporate secretary, unless some other person is appointed by the board, may vote shares of any other corporation held or owned by the corporation and may take any required action with respect to investments in other types of legal entities.

 

Section 2.        Execution of Documents.  Deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other documents and instruments pertaining to the business and affairs of the corporation may be signed and delivered on behalf of the corporation by the chief executive officer, any vice president or corporate secretary or by such other person or by such other officers as the board may specify.

 

Section 3.        Transfer of Assignment of Securities.  The chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief legal officer, chief investments officer, treasurer, or any vice president, corporate secretary, secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation shall execute the transfer and assignment of any securities owned by or held in the name of the corporation. The transfer and assignment of securities held in the name of a nominee of the corporation may be accomplished pursuant to the contract between the corporation and the nominee.

 

Section 4.        Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

 

9



 

Section 5.        Seal.  The corporation shall have a circular seal bearing the name of the corporation and an impression of a man at a plow, a gun leaning against a stump and an Indian on horseback.

 

Section 6.        Indemnification.  The corporation shall indemnify and make permitted advances to a person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his former or present official capacity (as defined in Section 302A.521 of the Minnesota Statutes, as amended from time to time) against judgments, penalties, fines (including without limitation excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan), settlements and reasonable expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by such person in connection with the proceeding in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted or required by Section 302A.521, as amended from time to time.

 

10


EX-10.1 3 a04-12472_1ex10d1.htm EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.
385 Washington Street
St. Paul, Minnesota  55102

As of November 5, 2004

Jay S. Fishman
1200 Mount Curve Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403

Dear Jay:

I am writing this letter on behalf of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) to confirm an amendment to the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company as set out in the letter agreement dated April 1, 2004 (the “Employment Agreement”).

1.             Amendment.  You and the Company agree that the first sentence of Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(d)      Transportation.  You will be required for security purposes to use the Company aircraft for all business travel and personal travel; provided, however, that (i) if you use the aircraft for international personal travel you will compensate the Company for such use at the maximum amount legally payable for any such flight under Section 91.501(d)(l)-(10) of the Federal Aviation Regulations, not to exceed the then applicable first class rate and (ii) your use of the aircraft for international personal travel will be on the terms set forth in Exhibit C.

2.             Exhibit.  You and the Company agree that the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add the exhibit attached to this amendment as Exhibit C to the Employment Agreement immediately following Exhibit B thereto.

3.             Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)           This amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts which together will constitute but one agreement.

(b)           This amendment will be governed by and construed and entered into in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota without reference to rules relating to conflict of laws.

(c)           Except as amended hereby, the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 



 

This amendment is intended to be a binding obligation upon both the Company and yourself.  If this amendment correctly reflects your understanding, please sign and return one copy to Ken Spence for the Company’s records.

 

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leslie B. Disharoon

 

 

Name:

Leslie B. Disharoon

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

The above amendment correctly reflects our understanding, and I hereby confirm my agreement to the same.

 

Dated as of November 5, 2004

/s/ Jay S. Fishman

 

Jay S. Fishman

 



 

Exhibit C

 

TERMS OF TIME SHARING AGREEMENT

                For the purposes of these Time Sharing Terms (these “Terms”), “Lessor” refers to The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., “Lessee” refers to Jay S. Fishman and the “parties” refers to Lessor and Lessee.

 

1.                Lease of Aircraft.  Lessor or one of its affiliates has exclusive use, possession, command and control of the aircraft identified on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Aircraft”).  Lessee and the General Counsel of Lessor may from time to attend amend Schedule 1 hereto.  Lessor agrees to lease the Aircraft to Lessee, with a flight crew on a “time sharing” basis as defined in Section 91.501(c)(1) of the Federal Aviation Regulations (“FAR”) and pursuant to the terms and conditions of these Terms and the provisions of FAR Section 91.501(b)(6) and Section 91.501(c)(1), and to provide a fully-qualified and credentialed flight crew for all flights to be conducted hereunder.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this arrangement did not result in any way from any direct or indirect advertising, holding out or soliciting on the part of Lessor or any person purportedly acting on behalf of Lessor.  Lessor and Lessee intend that the lease of the Aircraft effected by these Terms shall be treated as a “wet lease” pursuant to which Lessor provides transportation services to Lessee in accordance with FAR Section 91.501(b)(6) and Section 91.501(c)(1).  Lessor shall cause its affiliates to comply with the terms hereof to the extent applicable.

 

2.                Payment for Use of Aircraft.  Lessee shall pay Lessor for each flight conducted under these Terms the maximum amount legally payable for such flight under Section 91.501(d)(l)-(10) of the Federal Aviation Regulations, not to exceed the then applicable first class rate.

 

3.                Operational Control of Aircraft.  Lessor and Lessee intend and agree that at all times Lessor shall have complete and exclusive operational control over the Aircraft, its flight crews and maintenance, and complete and exclusive possession, command and control of the Aircraft.  Lessor shall have complete and exclusive responsibility for scheduling, dispatching and flight following of the Aircraft on all flights conducted under these Terms, which responsibility includes the sole and exclusive right over initiating, conducting and terminating such flights.

 

4.                Billing.  Lessee shall pay all amounts due to Lessor under Section 2 not later than 30 days after receipt of the invoice therefor.

 

5.                Scheduling.  Lessee will provide Lessor with requests for flight time and proposed flight schedules as far in advance of any given flight as possible.  Requests for flight time shall be in a form (whether oral or written) mutually convenient to, and agreed upon by, the parties.  In addition to proposed schedules and flight times, Lessee shall provide Lessor with the following information for each proposed flight prior to scheduled departure: (i) proposed

 

 



 

departure point; (ii) destination; (iii) date and time of flight; (iv) the number of anticipated passengers; (v) the nature and extent of luggage to be carried; (vi) the date and time of a return flight, if any; and (vii) any other pertinent information concerning the proposed flight that Lessor or the flight crew may request.

 

6.                Maintenance of Aircraft.  Lessor shall be solely responsible for securing maintenance, preventive maintenance and required inspections of the Aircraft, and shall take such requirements into account in scheduling the Aircraft.  No period of maintenance, preventive maintenance or inspection shall be delayed or postponed for the purpose of scheduling the Aircraft hereunder, unless such maintenance or inspection can be safely conducted at a later time in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and within the sound discretion of the pilot-in-command.

 

7.                Flight Crew.

 

(a)               Lessor shall employ (as its common law employees) or engage (as its independent contractors) and pay all salaries, benefits and and/or compensation for a fully-qualified flight crew with appropriate credentials to conduct each flight undertaken under these Terms.  All flight crewmembers shall be included on any insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessor hereunder.

 

(b)              The qualified flight crew provided by Lessor shall exercise all of its duties and responsibilities with regard to the safety of each flight conducted hereunder in accordance with applicable FAR’s.  The flight crew may, in its sole discretion, terminate any flight, refuse to commence any flight, or take any other action that, in the judgment of the pilot-in-command, is necessitated by considerations of safety.  No such termination or refusal to commence by the pilot-in-command shall create or support any liability for loss, injury, damage or delay in favor of Lessee or any other person.  Lessor shall not be liable for delay or failure to furnish the Aircraft and flight crew pursuant to these Terms when such failure is caused by government regulation or authority, mechanical difficulty, war, civil commotion, strikes or labor disputes, weather conditions, acts of God, or other causes reasonably beyond the control of Lessor.

 

8.                lnsurance.  Lessor shall ensure that there is in effect, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, aircraft liability insurance for the Aircraft affording a minimum of $200,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury (including passengers) and/or property damage.  Such insurance shall name Lessee as an additional insured, shall include a waiver of subrogation against Lessee, its agents, family, guests and employees, and shall provide for 30 days prior written notice to Lessee of cancellation or material change in coverage (seven days, or such shorter period then prevailing in the business aviation insurance market, in the case of war risk and allied perils).  Such insurance shall include contractual liability coverage covering Lessor’s indemnity obligations hereunder and shall permit the use of the Aircraft by Lessor for compensation or hire.  Lessor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to provide such additional insurance coverage for specific flights under this Agreement, if any, as Lessee may request in writing.  The cost of any such additional flight-specific insurance shall be borne by Lessee.

 



 

Lessor shall deliver certificates or binders of insurance to Lessee with respect to the insurance required or permitted to be provided hereunder promptly upon the renewal date of each policy.

 

9.                Taxes.  Lessor shall be responsible for collecting from Lessee and paying over to the appropriate agencies all applicable Federal transportation taxes and any sales, use or other excise taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with any use of the Aircraft by Lessee under these Terms.  Lessor shall indemnify Lessee against any and all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees as and when incurred) arising out of its breach of this undertaking.

 

10.              Lessee’s Representations and Warranties.  Lessee represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                Lessee shall not use the Aircraft to carry persons or property for hire or in any manner which would constitute common carriage within the terms of the FAR’s.

 

(b)                                 Lessee shall refrain from incurring any mechanic’s or other liens in connection with inspection, preventive maintenance, maintenance or storage of the Aircraft, whether permissible or impermissible under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                Lessee will abide by and conform to all laws, governmental and airport orders, rules and regulations, as shall be imposed upon the lessee of an aircraft under a time sharing arrangement.

 

11.              Lessor’s Representations and Warranties.  Lessor represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                            It shall conduct all operations under this Agreement in compliance with (i) all applicable provisions of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, the Federal Aviation Administration and the governmental authorities of each foreign jurisdiction in or over which the Aircraft may be operated hereunder; (ii) the terms, conditions and limitations of, and in the geographical areas allowed by, the insurance policies required hereunder; and (iii) the operating instructions of the Aircraft’s flight manual and the manufacturers’ operating and maintenance instructions.

 

(b)                             The Aircraft is, and at all times during the term of this Agreement shall continue to be, in airworthy condition and in full compliance with all applicable rules of the Federal Aviation Administration.

 

 



 

(c)                              Lessor shall not do any act or voluntarily suffer or permit any act to be done whereby any insurance required hereunder shall or may be suspended, impaired or defeated.  In no event shall Lessor suffer or permit the Aircraft to be used or operated during the term without such insurance being fully in effect, including, without limitation, use of the Aircraft in any geographical area not covered by the policies issued to Lessor and then in effect.

 

(d)                             Lessor will carry a copy of these Terms in the Aircraft at all times that the Aircraft is being operated hereunder.

 

12.              Term of Agreement.  These Terms shall remain in effect during the term of the letter agreement, dated April 1, 2004, as amended, between Lessor and Lessee.

 

13.              Indemnity.

 

(a)               Lessor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall be fully liable to, and shall promptly upon demand defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lessee and his agents, guests, invitees, licensees and employees from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, suits, causes of action, losses, penalties, fines, expenses or damages, including legal fees, arising out of or in connection with (i) Lessor’s use, operation or maintenance of the Aircraft, (ii) Lessor’s performance of or failure to perform any service or obligation which is the subject matter of these Terms, or (iii) any other breach by Lessor of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Time Sharing Agreement.

 

(b)              Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that he shall be fully liable to, and shall promptly upon demand defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lessor and its agents and employees from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, suits, causes of action, losses, penalties, fines, expenses or damages, including legal fees, arising out of or in connection with any breach by Lessee of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in these Terms.

 

14.              Limitation on Liability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Terms, Lessee shall not have any liability arising out of these Terms to Lessor for any liabilities, claims, demands, suits, causes of action, losses, penalties, fines, expenses, damages or costs other than amounts payable by Lessee pursuant to Sections 2, 8, 9 or 13(b) of these Terms.  In no event shall Lessee be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential damages.

 

15.              Relationship of Parties.  Lessor is strictly an independent contractor lessor/provider of transportation services with respect to Lessee.  Nothing in these Terms are intended, nor shall it be construed so as, to constitute the parties as partners or joint venturers or principal and agent.  All persons furnished by Lessor for the performance of the operations and activities contemplated by these Terms shall at all times and for all purposes be considered Lessor’s employee or agents, and Lessor shall be solely responsible for their performance.

 

 



 

16.              Integration.  These Terms sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, understandings, representations, warranties or negotiations by or between the parties with respect thereto, all of which are hereby cancelled.  There are no other agreements or representations, either oral or written, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of these Terms that are not expressly set forth herein.  The representations, warranties and indemnities set forth in these Terms shall survive the termination of these Terms.

 

17.              FAR SECTION 91.23.  TRUTH-IN-LEASING STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 91.23 OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS:

 

(A)             LESSOR HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE AIRCRAFT HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED UNDER FAR PART 91 DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THESE TERMS. THE AIRCRAFT WILL BE MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS OF FAR PART 91 FOR ALL OPERATIONS TO BE CONDUCTED UNDER THESE TERMS.

 

(B)              THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE AIRCRAFT FOR ALL OPERATIONS HEREUNDER AND THAT IT UNDERSTANDS ITS RESPONSIBILITIES FOR COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS.

 

(C)              THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT AN EXPLANATION OF THE FACTORS BEARING ON OPERATIONAL CONTROL AND THE PERTINENT FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE NEAREST FAA FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.

 

 

By signing below, the parties evidence their agreement with the foregoing terms.

 

The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

 

 

/s/ Leslie B. Disharoon

 

Name: Leslie B. Disharoon

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

/s/ Jay S. Fishman

 

Jay S. Fishman

 

 



 

Schedule 1

1.    N122SC, a 1996 Dassault Aviation Falcon 2000, s/n 25.

 

2.    N404ST, a 2003 Dassault Aviation Mystere Falcon 900, s/n 200.

 

3.    N822TP, a 1995 Dassault Aviation Falcon 2000, s/n 20.

 

4.    N924WJ, a 1983 Dassault-Breguet Falcon 50, s/n 141.

 


EX-10.2 4 a04-12472_1ex10d2.htm EX-10.2

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

ST. PAUL TRAVELERS

 STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTIFICATION AND AGREEMENT

 

Participant:

First_Name, M, Last_Name

Grant Date:

Number of Shares:

 

Grant Price:     $

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

1. Grant of Option.  This option is granted pursuant to the St. Paul Travelers Corporation, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), by The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) to you, an employee (the “Participant”). The Company hereby grants to the Participant a non-qualified stock option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares set forth above of the Company’s common stock, no par value (“common stock”), at an option price per share (the “Grant Price”) set forth above, pursuant to the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth herein.

 

2. Terms and Conditions. The terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the Option are specified in this grant notification and agreement, the Plan, the attached prospectus dated July 28, 2004 (titled “St. Paul Travelers Equity Awards”), and any applicable prospectus supplement, (together, the “Prospectus”).  The terms, conditions and restrictions in the Prospectus include, but are not limited to, provisions relating to amendment, vesting, cancellation, and exercise, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference into this grant notification and agreement.  The terms, conditions and restrictions in this grant notification and agreement, the Prospectus, and the Plan constitute the Option agreement between the Participant and the Company (“Agreement”). By accepting this Option, the Participant acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and that he or she has read and understands the Prospectus.

 

The Participant understands that this Option and all other incentive awards are entirely discretionary and that no right to receive an award exists absent a prior written agreement with the Company to the contrary. The Participant also understands that the value that may be realized, if any, from the Option is contingent, and depends on the future market price of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.  The Participant further confirms his or her understanding that the Option is intended to promote employee retention and stock ownership and to align employees’ interests with those of shareholders, is subject to vesting conditions and will be canceled if vesting conditions are not satisfied.  Thus, Participant understands that (a) any monetary value assigned to the Option in any communication regarding the award is contingent, hypothetical, or for illustrative purposes only, and does not express or imply any promise or intent by the Company to deliver, directly or indirectly, any certain or determinable cash value to the Participant; (b) receipt of this Option or any incentive award in the past is neither an indication nor a guarantee that an incentive award of any type or amount will be made in the future, and that absent a written agreement to the contrary, the Company is free to change its practices and policies regarding incentive awards at any time; and (c) vesting may be subject to confirmation and final determination by the Company’s Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board that conditions to vesting have been satisfied.  The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares covered by this Option unless and until the Option vests, is properly exercised and shares of Company common stock are issued.

 

3. Vesting.  The Option shall vest and become exercisable on the dates set forth below, in installments equal to the percentage amounts set forth below, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Agreement.  The Option will expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date set forth above, provided the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

 



 

INSTALLMENT PERCENTAGES

 

VESTING DATES

 

 

 

 

 

50%

 

XX

 

25%

 

XX

 

25%

 

XX

 

 

4. Exercise of Option. The Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Participant upon notice to the Company together with provision for payment of the Grant Price and applicable withholding taxes. Such notice shall be given in the manner prescribed by the Company and shall specify the date and method of exercise and the number of shares being exercised. The Participant acknowledges that the laws of the country in which the Participant is working at the time of grant or exercise of the Option (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, or labor matters) or Company accounting or other policies dictated by such country’s political or regulatory climate, may restrict or prohibit any one or more of the stock option exercise methods described in the Prospectus, that such restrictions may apply differently if the Participant is a resident or expatriate employee, and that such restrictions are subject to change at any time.

 

5. Consent to Electronic Delivery. In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company may be required to deliver (including, but not limited to, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms or communications) in connection with this and any other prior or future incentive award or program made or offered by the Company or its predecessors or successors. Electronic delivery of a document to the Participant may be via a Company e-mail system or by reference to a location on a Company intranet site to which Participant has access.

 

6. Administration. In administering the Plan, or to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, tax, or accounting requirements, it may be necessary for the Company or the subsidiary employing the Participant to transfer certain Participant data to the Company, its subsidiaries, outside service providers, or governmental agencies.  By accepting the Option, the Participant consents, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the use and transfer, electronically or otherwise, of his or her personal data to such entities for such purposes.

 

7. Entire Agreement; No Right to Employment. The Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto regarding the Option and supersedes all previous written, oral, or implied understandings between the parties hereto about the subject matter hereof.  Nothing contained herein, in the Plan, or in the Prospectus shall confer upon the Participant any rights to continued employment or employment in any particular position, at any specific rate of compensation, or for any particular period of time.

 

8. Arbitration; Conflict.  Any disputes under this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Company’s arbitration policies. In the event of a conflict between the Plan and this grant notification and agreement, or the terms, conditions, and restrictions of the Option as specified in the Prospectus, the Plan shall control.

 

9. Acceptance and Agreement by Participant. By signing below, Participant accepts the Option and agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus, the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan.

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.
PARTICIPANT’S SIGNATURE:

 

 

 

 

By: John P. Clifford, Jr.
 
 

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

First Name, MI, Last Name

 

SSN

 

2


EX-10.3 5 a04-12472_1ex10d3.htm EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

 

ST. PAUL TRAVELERS

  EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTIFICATION AND AGREEMENT

 

Participant:

First_Name, M, Last_Name

Grant Date:

Number of Shares:

 

Vesting Date:

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock. This restricted stock award (“Award”) is granted pursuant to the St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), by The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) to you, an employee (the “Participant”).  The Company hereby grants to the Participant an Award of the number of shares of restricted Company common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”) set forth above, pursuant to the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth herein.

 

2. Terms and Conditions. The terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the Award are specified in this award notification and agreement, the Plan and the prospectus dated July 28, 2004 (titled “St. Paul Travelers Equity Awards”), and any applicable prospectus supplement (together, the “Prospectus”).  The terms, conditions and restrictions in the Prospectus include, but are not limited to, provisions relating to amendment, vesting, and cancellation, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference into this award notification and agreement.  The terms, conditions and restrictions in this award notification and agreement, the Prospectus, and the Plan constitute the Award agreement between the Participant and the Company (“Agreement”). By accepting the Award, the Participant acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and that he or she has read and understands the Prospectus.

 

The Participant understands that the Award and all other incentive awards are entirely discretionary and that no right to receive an award exists absent a prior written agreement with the Company to the contrary. The Participant also understands that the value that may be realized, if any, from the Award is contingent, and depends on the future market price of the Common Stock, among other factors.  The Participant further confirms his or her understanding that the Award is intended to promote employee retention and stock ownership and to align employees’ interests with those of shareholders, is subject to vesting conditions and will be canceled if vesting conditions are not satisfied.  Thus, Participant understands that (a) any monetary value assigned to the Award in any communication regarding the Award is contingent, hypothetical, or for illustrative purposes only, and does not express or imply any promise or intent by the Company to deliver, directly or indirectly, any certain or determinable cash value to the Participant; (b) receipt of the Award or any incentive award in the past is neither an indication nor a guarantee that an incentive award of any type or amount will be made in the future, and that absent a written agreement to the contrary, the Company is free to change its practices and policies regarding incentive awards at any time; and (c) vesting may be subject to confirmation and final determination by the Company’s Board of Directors or a committee of the Board that conditions to vesting have been satisfied.

 

3. Transfer Restrictions and Vesting.  The shares of Common Stock of the Award are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Prospectus.  Until these restrictions lapse, the Participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise alienate, hypothecate or dispose of any of the Award shares. The Award shall vest in full, and the restrictions shall terminate on the Award shares, on the Vesting Date set forth above, provided the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and any other terms and conditions are satisfied. Shares of Common Stock will be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable after the Award has vested.

 

4. Consent to Electronic Delivery. In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, the Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company may  desire or be required to deliver (including, but not limited to, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports, and all other forms or communications) in connection with this and any other prior or future incentive award or program made or offered by the Company or its predecessors or successors. Electronic delivery of a document to the Participant may be via a Company e-mail system or by reference to a location on a Company intranet or internet site to which Participant has access.

 



 

5. Administration. In administering the Plan, or to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, tax, or accounting requirements, it may be necessary for the Company or the subsidiary employing the Participant to transfer certain Participant data to the Company, its subsidiaries, outside service providers, or governmental agencies.  By accepting this Award, the Participant consents, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the use and transfer, electronically or otherwise, of his or her personal data to such entities for such purposes.

 

6. Entire Agreement; No Right to Employment. The Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto regarding the Award and supersedes all previous written, oral, or implied understandings between the parties hereto about the subject matter hereof.  Nothing contained herein, in the Plan, or in the Prospectus shall confer upon the Participant any rights to continued employment or employment in any particular position, at any specific rate of compensation, or for any particular period of time.

 

7. Arbitration; Conflict.  Any disputes under this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Company’s arbitration policies. In the event of a conflict between the Plan and this grant notification and agreement, or the terms, conditions, and restrictions of the Award as specified in the Prospectus, the Plan shall control.

 

8. Acceptance and Agreement by Participant. By signing below, Participant accepts the Award and agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus, the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan.

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.
PARTICIPANT’S SIGNATURE:
 
 
 
 
By: John P. Clifford, Jr.
 
 

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

First Name, MI, Last Name

 

SSN

 

2


EX-10.4 6 a04-12472_1ex10d4.htm EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

                1.             Purpose.  The purposes of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are (i) to attract and retain Employees by providing competitive compensation opportunities, (ii) to provide Employees with incentive-based compensation in the form of Company Common Stock, (iii) to attract and compensate non-employee directors for service as Board and committee members, (iv) to encourage decision making based upon long-term goals, and (v) to align the interest of Employees and non-employee directors with that of the Company’s shareholders by encouraging such persons to acquire a greater ownership position in the Company.

                2.             Definitions.  Wherever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

                “Award” means an award to a Participant made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

                “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

                “Company” means The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

                                                                “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or a subcommittee of that committee, consisting of no less than two directors, all of whom shall qualify as “independent directors” within the meaning of Rule 303A of the New York Stock Exchange, as “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and as “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

                                                                “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

                                                                “Change of Control” means the first to occur of (i) any “person” within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, a subsidiary or any employee benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Common Stock, other than pursuant to a purchase of Common Stock from the Company; (ii) individuals who constitute the Board on the effective date of this Plan, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the effective date of this Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Board on the effective date of this Plan (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without



 

objection to such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Board on the effective date of this Plan; (iii) any plan or proposal for the liquidation of the Company is adopted by the stockholders of the Company; (iv) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold, liquidated or distributed; or (v) there occurs a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Transaction”), in each case, with respect to which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such Transaction do not, immediately after the Transaction, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company or other entity resulting from such Transaction in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such Transaction.

                                                                “Employee” means an employee, including non-employee directors, as defined in General Instruction A to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor form or statute, as determined by the Committee.

                                                                “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

                                                                “Fair Market Value” means, as of a specified date, one of the following as determined by the Committee, each of which shall be based on trading prices of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or on any national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed, or if the shares were not traded on such date, then on the next preceding date on which such shares of Common Stock were traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select:  (i) the average of the high and low trading prices on such date, (ii) the closing price on such date or (iii) the closing price on the next preceding trading day.

                                                “ISO” means an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Option Proceeds” means the cash actually received by the Company for the exercise price in connection with the exercise of a stock option granted under the Plan or the Prior Plans that is exercised after the effective date of the Plan plus the tax benefit that could be realized by the Company as a result of such stock option exercise, which tax benefit shall be determined by multiplying (a) the amount that is deductible for federal income tax purposes as a result of such stock option exercise (currently, equal to the amount upon which the Participant’s withholding tax obligation is calculated) times (b) the maximum federal corporate income tax rate for the year of exercise. To the extent a Participant pays the exercise price and/or withholding taxes with shares of Common Stock, Option Proceeds shall not be calculated with respect to the amounts so paid with shares.

                “Participant” means an Employee who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

                                                                “Performance Conditions” may, for purposes of Awards under the Plan, include one or more of: earnings per share, earnings before interest and tax, net income, adjusted net income, operating income, stock price, total shareholder return, market share, return on equity, cash return

2



 

on equity, achievement of profit, loss and/or expense ratio, revenue targets, cash flows, book value, return on assets or return on capital.  Such Performance Conditions may be based on the attainment of levels set for such financial measures with respect to the Company or any subsidiary, division, business unit, or any combination thereof and may be set as an absolute measure or relative to a designated peer group or index of comparable companies.  Such Performance Conditions shall be set and defined by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code.  Unless specifically determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Condition is set, the satisfaction of any Performance Condition shall be determined without regard to any change in accounting rules which becomes effective following the time such Performance Condition is set.

                                                                “Prior Plans” means The St. Paul Companies, Inc. Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Incentive Plan and the Travelers Property Casualty Corp. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (including the Travelers Property Casualty Corp. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors).

                3.             Shares Subject to the Plan.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 20, the number of shares of Common Stock which shall be available and reserved for grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 35,000,000.  The shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may come from authorized and unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market.  No Participant may, in any consecutive thirty-six (36) month period, be granted Awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights under Sections 7 and 8 of the Plan, respectively, with respect to more than 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock or more than 1,000,000 shares of restricted stock under Section 9 of the Plan, each of which numbers shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 20.

                Shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that expires unexercised, that is forfeited, terminated or canceled, that is settled in cash or other forms of property, or otherwise does not result in the issuance of shares of Common Stock, in whole or in part, shall thereafter again be available for grant under the Plan.  If the exercise price of any stock option is satisfied by delivering shares of Common Stock to the Company (by tender of such shares or attestation) or by authorizing the Company to retain shares of Common Stock, only the number of shares of Common Stock delivered to the Participant net of shares of Common Stock delivered to the Company (by tender or attestation) or retained by the Company shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for grant under the Plan.  To the extent any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are used to satisfy an applicable tax or other withholding obligations, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for grant under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company on the open market using Option Proceeds shall also be available for grant under the Plan; provided, however, that the increase in the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant pursuant to such market purchases shall not be greater than the number that could be repurchased at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock option giving rise to such Option Proceeds.  The provisions of this paragraph shall also apply to any awards granted under the Prior Plans that are outstanding on the effective date of the Plan.  In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant under the Plan shall not be reduced by shares subject to Awards granted upon the

 

3



 

assumption of or in substitution for awards granted by a business or entity that is merged into or acquired by (or whose assets are acquired by) the Company.

                4.             Administration.

                4.1           Committee Authority. The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to administer and interpret the Plan, to grant Awards and to adopt such administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the Plan and the Awards as it may deem necessary in its discretion, from time to time. The Committee’s authority shall include, but not be limited to, the authority to:

 

                (i)            determine the type of Awards to be granted under the Plan;

 

                (ii)           select Award recipients and determine the extent of their participation; and

 

                (iii)          establish all other terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations applicable to Awards and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards, including, but not limited to, those relating to a Participant’s retirement, death, disability, leave of absence or termination of employment.

 

                The Committee’s right to make any decision, interpretation or determination under the Plan shall be in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

                4.2           Administration of the Plan. The administration of the Plan shall be managed by the Committee.  The Committee shall have the power to prescribe and modify, as necessary, the form of Award document, to correct any defect, supply any omission or clarify any inconsistency in the Plan and/or in any Award document and to take such actions and make such administrative determinations that the Committee deems appropriate in its discretion.  Any decision of the Committee in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties concerned, including the Company, its shareholders and subsidiaries and all Participants.

                4.3           Delegation of Authority. The Committee may at any time delegate to a committee of the Board or one or more officers of the Company some or all of its authority over the administration of the Plan, with respect to persons who are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or “covered employees” described in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

                5.             Eligibility.  The Committee shall determine which Employees shall be eligible to receive Awards. No Employee shall have at any time the right to receive an Award, or having been selected for an Award, to receive any further Awards.

                The Committee may also grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards or other Awards under the Plan in substitution for, or in connection with the assumption of, existing options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards or other awards granted, awarded or issued by another entity and assumed or otherwise agreed to be provided for by the Company pursuant to or by reason of a transaction involving a merger, consolidation, plan of exchange, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party.  The terms and conditions of the

 

4



 

substitute Awards may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan to the extent the Committee at the time of the grant may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the awards in substitution for which they are granted.

 

                6.             Awards.  Awards under the Plan may consist of: non-qualified stock options, ISOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards and any other stock-based award, including deferred stock units.

                7.             Stock Options.

                7.1           Types of Options.  Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options, ISOs or any other type of stock option permitted under the Code, as determined by the Committee and evidenced by the document governing the Award.

                7.2           ISOs. The terms and conditions of any ISO shall be subject to the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the terms, conditions, limitations and administrative procedures established by the Committee.  At the discretion of the Committee, ISOs may be granted to any Employee of the Company and its subsidiaries, as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.  No ISO may be granted to any Participant who, at the time of such grant, owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless (i) the exercise price for such ISO is at least one-hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the ISO is granted, and (ii) the date on which such ISO terminates is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted.   Any Participant who disposes of shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either within two years after the date of grant of such ISO or within one year after the transfer of such shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan for issuance as ISOs shall be 35,000,000.

 

                All stock options granted under the Plan are intended to be nonqualified stock options, unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the stock option is intended to be an ISO.  If an stock option is intended to be an ISO, and if for any reason such stock option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such stock option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan; provided that such stock option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to nonqualified stock options.

                7.3           Exercise Price and Period.  The Committee shall establish the exercise price, which price (other than for substitute options pursuant to Section 5) shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  Each stock option may be exercised in whole or in part on the terms provided in the Award document.  The Committee also shall establish the period during which a stock option is exercisable, provided that in no event may a stock option be exercisable for a period of more than ten (10) years after the date of grant, and in no event may a stock option become exercisable earlier than one year after the date of grant, except in the case of:

                (i)            an earlier date specifically approved by the Committee to attract a key executive to join the Company;

5



 

                (ii)           a Change of Control if so provided by the Committee; or

                (iii)          a stock option issued as a substitute option pursuant to Section 5.

                When a stock option is no longer exercisable, it shall be deemed to have lapsed or expired.

                7.4           Manner of Exercise.  The exercise price of each share as to which a stock option is exercised and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, shall be paid in full at the time of such exercise.  The exercise of any stock option shall be contingent on and subject to such payment of the exercise price and withholding taxes, or the arrangement for the satisfaction of such payments in a manner satisfactory to the Committee. Such payment shall be made in any of the following forms:

                (i)            in cash (including check, bank draft or money order),

                (ii)           by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant (by tender of such shares or by attestation) having a Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of shares as to which the option is exercised, subject to (i) the shares so delivered being “mature shares” for purposes of the applicable accounting rules then in effect, or otherwise having such characteristics as are required, if necessary in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company on account of use of such shares to pay the exercise price and (ii) such other guidelines for the tender of Common Stock as the Committee may establish,

                (iii)          if approved by the Committee in the related agreement or other action by the Committee, authorization of the Company to retain from the total number of shares of Common Stock as to which the option is exercised that number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of shares as to which the option is exercised, plus applicable taxes, if requested, and

                (iv)          such other consideration as the Committee deems appropriate, or by a combination of cash, shares of Common Stock, retention of shares and such other consideration.

                The Committee may, with the consent of the Participant, cancel any outstanding stock option in consideration of a cash payment in an amount not greater than the excess, if any, of the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of such cancellation) of the shares subject to the stock option over the aggregate exercise price of such stock option; provided, however, that the Participant’s consent is not required for such a cancellation pursuant to Section 13(ii) hereof.

                8.             Stock Appreciation Rights.  An Award of a stock appreciation right shall entitle the Participant, subject to terms and conditions determined by the Committee, to receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right all or a portion of the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock as of the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over a specified strike price, which price shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the stock appreciation right or the date of grant of a previously granted related stock option, as determined by the Committee in its

 

6



 

discretion.  A stock appreciation right may be granted in connection with a previously or contemporaneously granted stock option, or independent of any stock option.  If issued in connection with a stock option, the Committee may impose a condition that the exercise of a stock appreciation right cancels the stock option with which it is connected and exercise of the connected stock option cancels the stock appreciation right.  Each stock appreciation right may be exercised in whole or in part on the terms provided in the Award document.  Stock appreciation rights granted independent of any stock option shall be exercisable for such period as specified by the Committee, but in no event may stock appreciation rights become exercisable less than one year after the date of grant, except in the case of:

 

                (i)            a shorter exercise period specifically approved by the Committee to attract a key executive to join the Company;

                (ii)           a stock appreciation right issued as a substitute stock appreciation right pursuant to Section 5; or

 

                (iii)          a stock appreciation right that vests pursuant to the terms of Section 13.

 

In addition, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercisable for a period of more than ten (10) years.  When a stock appreciation right is no longer exercisable, it shall be deemed to have lapsed or terminated.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable agreement, upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, payment to the Participant shall be made in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock as promptly as practicable after such exercise.  The agreement may provide for a limitation upon the amount or percentage of the total appreciation on which payment (whether in cash and/or shares of Common Stock) may be made in the event of the exercise of a stock appreciation right.  The Committee may, with the consent of the Participant, cancel any outstanding stock appreciation right in consideration of a cash payment in an amount not in excess of the difference between the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of such cancellation) of any shares subject to the stock appreciation right and the aggregate strike price of such Shares; provided, however, that the Participant’s consent is not required for such a cancellation in connection with the purchase of such stock appreciation right pursuant to Section 13(ii) hereof.

 

                9.             Restricted Stock.  Restricted stock may be granted in the form of actual shares of Common Stock, which shall be evidenced by a certificate with an appropriate legend, or in uncertificated direct registration form, registered in the name of the Participant but held by the Company until the end of the restricted period, or share units, as determined by the Committee.  As a condition to the receipt of an award of restricted stock in the form of actual shares of Common Stock, a Participant may be required to execute any stock powers, escrow agreements or other documents as may be determined by the Committee.  Any conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions shall be established by the Committee in its discretion.  In order to reflect the impact of the restrictions on the value of the restricted stock, as well as the possibility of forfeiture of the restricted stock, the Fair Market Value may be discounted at a rate to be determined by the Committee, for purposes of determining the number of shares allocable to an Award.  No portion of an Award of restricted stock may vest as to any of the shares subject to the Award earlier than one year from the date of grant, except in the case of:

7



 

                (i)            a Change of Control if so provided by the Committee;

                (ii)           death, retirement or disability if so provided by the Committee; or

                (iii)          restricted stock issued as a substitute Award pursuant to Section 5.

The Committee may, on behalf of the Company, approve the purchase by the Company of any shares subject to an Award of restricted stock, to the extent vested, for an amount equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of purchase.  Awards of restricted stock may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents (pursuant to Section 16) and voting rights, if in the form of actual shares, prior to vesting.  With respect to Awards of restricted stock intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Conditions in the manner described in Section 162(m) and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder as an additional condition to the vesting or payment, as applicable, of such Awards.

                10.           Performance Awards.  Performance awards may be in the form of performance shares valued with reference to a share of Common Stock or performance units valued with reference to an amount of property (including cash) other than shares of Common Stock.  Performance awards may also be granted in the form of any other stock-based Award.  Performance awards shall entitle a Participant to future payments based upon the attainment of Performance Conditions established in writing by the Committee.  Payment shall be made in cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.  The agreement establishing a performance award may establish that a portion of a Participant’s Award will be paid for performance that exceeds the minimum target but falls below the maximum target available to the Award.  With respect to Awards of restricted stock intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Conditions in the manner described in Section 162(m) and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder as an additional condition to the vesting or payment, as applicable, of such performance awards.  The agreement shall also provide for the timing of payment, which shall not be earlier than one year from date of grant, except in the case of:

 

                (i)            a Change of Control if so provided by the Committee;

                (ii)           an earlier date specifically approved by the Committee to attract a key executive to join the Company; or

                (ii)           a performance award issued as a substitute Award pursuant to Section 5.

 

                Following the conclusion or acceleration of the period of time designated for attainment of the Performance Conditions, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the Performance Conditions have been attained and shall then cause to be delivered to the Participant (i) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of performance shares or the value of such performance units determined by the Committee to have been earned, and/or (ii) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of performance shares or the value of performance units, as the Committee shall elect or as shall have been stated in the applicable agreement.  In no event may performance awards be granted to a single Participant in any 12-month period (i) in respect of more than 250,000 shares of Common Stock (if the Award is

 

 

8



 

denominated in shares of Common Stock) or (ii) having a maximum payment with a value greater than $10,000,000 (if the Award is denominated in other than shares of Common Stock).

 

                11.  Other Stock-Based AwardsThe Committee may issue unrestricted shares of Common Stock, or other awards denominated in Common Stock (including but not limited to phantom stock and deferred stock units), to Participants, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine.  With respect to such Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Conditions in the manner described in Section 162(m) and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder as an additional condition to the vesting and payment of such Awards.  In no event may other stock-based Awards described in this Section 11 be granted to a single Participant in respect of more than 250,000 shares of Common Stock in any 12-month period.  The terms and conditions of any such other stock-based Awards subject to time-based restrictions on vesting will be limited as specified in Section 9 for Awards of restricted stock.

 

                12.           Award Documents.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award document (which may consist of a term sheet or an agreement, and may be provided in electronic form) setting forth the terms and conditions, as determined by the Committee, which shall apply to such Award, in addition to the terms and conditions specified in the Plan.  The Committee may, in its discretion, place terms in the Award Documents that provide for the acceleration of any time periods relating to the exercise or realization of any Awards so that such Awards may be exercised or realized in full on or before a date fixed by the Committee, in connection with a Change in Control.

                13.           Change of Control. The Committee may, in its discretion, at the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time prior to, coincident with or after the time of a Change of Control:

(i)            provide for the purchase of such Awards, upon the Participant’s consent, for an amount of cash equal to the amount which could have been obtained upon the exercise or realization of such rights had such Awards been currently exercisable or payable;

 

(ii)           make such adjustment to the Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction or change; and/or

 

(iii)          cause the Awards then outstanding to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefore, by the surviving corporation in such Change of Control.

 

The Committee may, in its discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award document as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

 

                14.           Withholding.  The Company and its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to the Plan, or to require prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of cash under the Plan, any taxes (whether federal, state, local or foreign) to be withheld therefrom.  The Committee may, in its discretion,

9



permit a Participant to elect to satisfy such withholding obligation by any of the methods pursuant to which the exercise price of a stock option may be paid pursuant to Section 7.  Any satisfaction of tax obligations through the withholding of shares may only be up to the statutory minimum tax rate. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such obligation shall be disregarded and the amount due shall instead be paid in cash to the Participant.

                15.           Transferability.  Except as provided in this Section, during the lifetime of a Participant to whom an Award is granted, only that Participant (or that Participant’s legal representative in the case of disability) may exercise a stock option or stock appreciation right, or receive payment with respect to restricted stock, a performance award or any other Award.  The Committee may permit (on such terms, conditions and limitations as it determines), an Award of restricted stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares or performance units or other Awards to be transferred or transferable to the extent permissible by law and, in the case of an ISO, to the extent permissible under Section 422 of the Code.  Other than as stated in the preceding sentence, no Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

                16.           Deferrals and Settlements.  The Committee may require or permit Participants to elect to defer the issuance of shares or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under the Plan.  It may also provide that deferred settlements include the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents on the deferral amounts.

17.           Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.  An Award (including without limitation a stock option or stock appreciation right Award) may, if so determined by the Committee, provide the Participant with the right to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to Common Stock subject to the Award (both before and after the Common Stock subject to the Award is earned, vested or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.  Any such settlements, and any such crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents or reinvestment in shares of Common Stock, may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall establish, including the reinvestment of such credited amounts in Common Stock equivalents.

                18.           No Right to Employment.  No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company or its subsidiaries. Further, the Company and its subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss a Participant without any liability, or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in any agreement entered into hereunder.

                19.           Rights as a Shareholder.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a Participant shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to shares of Common Stock covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record with respect to such shares.  No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date, except as provided in Section 17.

 

10



 

                20.           Adjustment of and Changes in Common Stock.  In the event of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other change in the corporate structure or shares of stock of the Company, or any distributions to common shareholders other than cash dividends, the Committee may make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable, as to the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan and to outstanding Awards (including but not limited to the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities to which such Awards are subject, and the exercise or strike price of such Awards).

                21.           Amendment; Repricing.  The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, provided that (i) no amendment shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or if such approval is necessary in order for the Company to avoid being denied a tax deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code, and (ii) no amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect any outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant to whom such Award was made.  Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 20, in no event may any stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the Plan be amended to decrease the exercise price or strike price thereof, as the case may be, or be cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new stock option or stock appreciation right with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes or under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, as a “repricing” of such stock option or stock appreciation right, unless such amendment, cancellation or action is approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with applicable law and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

                22.           Government and Other Regulations.  The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Common Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required.  Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act or 1933 with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act of 1933 any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan.  If the shares of Common Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Common Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

                23.           Relationship to Other Benefits.  No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

11



 

                24.           Governing Law.  The Plan shall be construed and its provisions enforced and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within such state by residents thereof.

                25.           Effective Date.  The Plan shall be effective as of the date of approval by the Company’s shareholders in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and Section 162(m) of the Code.  Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 21, the Plan shall have a term of ten (10) years from its effective date.

                26.           Foreign Employees.  Awards may be granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Participants employed in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable in order to recognize differences in local law or tax policy. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise or vesting of Awards in order to minimize the Company’s obligation with respect to tax equalization for Employees on assignments outside their home country.

12


 

EX-10.5 7 a04-12472_1ex10d5.htm EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS (the “Plan”)

 

 

Section 1.               Eligibility.  Each member of the Board of Directors of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) or one of its subsidiaries, if so designated by the Board of Directors, who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an “Eligible Director”) is eligible to participate in the Plan.

Section 2.               Administration.  The Plan shall be administered, construed and interpreted by the Board of Directors of the Company.  Pursuant to such authorization, the Board of Directors shall have the responsibility for carrying out the terms of the Plan.  To the extent permitted under the securities laws applicable to compensation plans including, without limitation, the requirements of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, or a subcommittee of the Governance Committee, may exercise the discretion granted to the Board of Directors under the Plan, provided that the composition of such Committee or subcommittee shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation.  The Board of Directors or the Governance Committee may also designate a plan administrator to manage the record keeping and other routine administrative duties under the Plan.  In the absence of the appointment of a plan administrator, the officer of the Company having direct responsibility for compensation and benefits shall be the plan administrator.

Section 3.               Stock-Based Compensation.  The Board of Directors or the Governance Committee may determine that the receipt of deferred stock units or other equity compensation that is received by a director as taxable compensation (“Stock-Based Compensation”) may be deferred hereunder at the election of a director.

Section 4.               Annual Fixed Director Compensation.  The Board of Directors or the Governance Committee may determine the payment of annual fixed director compensation, as determined by the Board of Directors or the Governance Committee, including any annual retainer, committee chair or vice-chair fees, additional fees, meeting fees or other cash compensation (the “Annual Fixed Director Compensation”) to each Eligible Director who served as a director may be deferred hereunder at the election of a director.

Section 5.               Election to Defer.

(a)     Time of Election.  As soon as practicable prior to the beginning of a calendar year, an Eligible Director may elect to defer receipt of the Stock-Based Compensation and Annual Fixed Director Compensation by directing that such amounts which otherwise would have been payable during such calendar year and succeeding calendar years shall be credited to a deferred compensation account (the “Director’s Account”).  Under a valid election, such deferred compensation shall be payable in accordance with paragraph 7(a) below.  Any person who shall



become an Eligible Director during any calendar year, and who was not an Eligible Director of the Company (or its subsidiaries) prior to the beginning of such calendar year, may elect, within thirty (30) days after his or her term begins, to defer payment of his or her Stock-Based Compensation or Annual Fixed Director Compensation earned during the remainder of such calendar year and for succeeding calendar years.

(b)     Form and Duration of Election.  An election to defer Stock-Based Compensation or Annual Fixed Director Compensation shall be made by written notice executed by the Eligible Director and filed with the Secretary of the Company.  Such election shall continue until the Eligible Director terminates such election by subsequent written notice filed with the Secretary of the Company.  Amounts credited to the Director’s Account prior to the effective date of termination shall not be affected by such termination and shall be distributed only in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(c)     Change of Election.  An Eligible Director who has terminated his or her election to defer Stock-Based Compensation or Annual Fixed Director Compensation hereunder may thereafter make another election in accordance with paragraph 5(a) to defer such compensation for the calendar year subsequent to the filing of such election and succeeding calendar years.

Section 6.               The Director’s Account.  Shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Director has elected to defer under the Plan shall be credited to the Director’s Account as Common Stock Units as follows:

(a)     As of each date that a quarterly installment of the Annual Fixed Director Compensation would otherwise be payable, there shall be credited to the Director’s Account Common Stock Units equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock obtained by dividing the amount of Stock-Based Compensation payable in such quarter plus the Annual Fixed Director Compensation allocable to such calendar quarter by the fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee pursuant to The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”).  If the applicable percentage of Annual Fixed Director Compensation for the calendar quarter is not evenly divisible by such average closing price of the Company’s Common Stock, the balance shall be credited to the Director’s Account in fractional Common Stock Units.

(b)     At the end of each calendar quarter, there shall be credited to the Director’s Account an amount equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid on the number of shares of Common Stock credited to the Director’s Account as of the dividend record date, if any, occurring during such calendar quarter as if such shares had been shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock on such record date, and such amounts shall be treated as reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock Units on the payment date for quarterly payments of Annual Fixed Director Compensation using fair market value as determined by the Compensation Committee.

(c)     An Eligible Director shall not have any interest in the cash or Common Stock in his or her Director’s Account until such cash or Common Stock is distributed in accordance with the Plan.

2



(d)     Common Stock Units credited to the director’s accounts as deferral of Stock-Based Compensation or Annual Fixed Director Compensation or as fractional Common Stock Units, reinvested dividends or other awards shall be issued exclusively from and pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

Section 7.               Distribution from Accounts.

(a)     Form of Election.  At the time an Eligible Director makes an election to defer receipt of Stock-Based Compensation or Annual Fixed Director Compensation pursuant to paragraphs 5(a) or 5(c), such Director shall also file with the Secretary of the Company a written election with respect to the distribution of the aggregate amount of shares credited to the Director’s Account.  An Eligible Director may elect to receive such amount in one lump-sum payment or in a number of approximately equal annual installments (provided the payout period does not exceed 15 years).  The lump-sum payment or the first installment shall be paid as of (i) the first business day of any calendar year subsequent to the date the Annual Fixed Director Compensation would otherwise be payable, as specified by the Director, (ii) the first business day of the calendar quarter immediately following the cessation of the Eligible Director’s service as a director of the Company or (iii) the earlier of (i) or (ii), as the Eligible Director may elect.  Subsequent installments shall be paid as of the first business day of each succeeding annual installment period until the entire amount credited to the Director’s Account shall have been paid.  A cash payment will be made with the final installment for any fraction of a share of Common Stock credited to the Director’s Account.

(b)     Adjustment of Method of Distribution.  An Eligible Director participating in the Plan may, prior to the beginning of any calendar year, file another written election with the Secretary of the Company electing to change the date and/or method of distribution of the aggregate amount of cash and shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Director’s Account for services rendered as a director commencing with such calendar year.  Amounts credited to the Director’s Account prior to the effective date of such change (the “Prior Amounts”) shall also be affected by such change and shall be distributed in accordance with the most recent election with respect to the Prior Amounts except as specified in this paragraph.  The election to change the date and/or method of distribution will effectively defer the date on which Prior Amounts are to be paid, and/or extend the payout period if that written election to effect such change is filed with the Secretary of the Company at least one (1) year before such change is to take effect.  The election to change the date and/or method of distribution will effectively accelerate the date on which the Prior Amounts are to be paid and/or shorten the payout period if a written election to effect such change is filed with the Secretary of the Company at least one (1) year before such change is to effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Eligible Director suffers a severe financial hardship outside the control of such  Director, as determined by the Governance Committee, the Eligible Director may elect to advance or defer the date of distribution of his or her Director’s Account or change the method of distribution thereof and may also cease the deferral of current calendar year compensation.

(c)     Change of Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan), the full number of shares of Common Stock and cash in each Director’s Account shall be distributable on

3



the later of the date six months and one day following the “Change of Control” or the distribution date(s) previously elected by an Eligible Director.

Section 8.               Distribution on Death.  If an Eligible Director should die before all amounts credited to the Director’s Account shall have been paid in accordance with the election referred to in paragraph 7, the balance in such Director’s Account as of the date of such Director’s death shall be paid promptly following such Director’s death, in accordance with the method of payment elected by the Eligible Director, to the beneficiary designated in writing by such Director.  Such balance shall be paid to the spouse of the Eligible Director or, if no spouse, then to the estate of the Eligible Director if (a) no such designation has been made or (b) the designated beneficiary shall have predeceased the Director and no further beneficiary designation has been made.

Section 9.               Miscellaneous.

(a)     The right of an Eligible Director to receive any amount in the Director’s Account shall not be transferable or assignable by such Director, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and no part of such amount shall be subject to attachment or other legal process.

(b)     Except as otherwise set forth herein and as required to reserve shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall not be required to reserve or otherwise set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall make available as and when required a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to meet the requirements arising under the Plan.  Such shares shall be issued under and pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

(c)     The establishment and maintenance of, or allocation and credits to, the Director’s Account shall not vest in the Eligible Director or his beneficiary any right, title or interest in and to any specific assets of the Company.  An Eligible Director shall not have any dividend or voting rights or any other rights of a stockholder (except as expressly set forth in paragraph 6(b) with respect to dividends and as provided in subparagraph (g) below) until the shares of Common Stock credited to a Director’s Account are distributed.  The rights of an Eligible Director to receive payments under this Plan shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(d)     Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a director’s balance at the time of termination of service as a director or retirement is less than $25,000, such balance shall be paid in full on the first day of the calendar quarter following such termination of service.

(e)     The Plan shall continue in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may at any time amend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that (i) no amendment or termination shall impair the rights of an Eligible  Director with respect to amounts then credited to the Director’s Account; and (ii) no amendment shall become effective without approval of the shareholders of the Company if such shareholder approval is required to enable the Plan to satisfy applicable state or Federal statutory or regulatory requirements.

4



(f)      Each Eligible Director participating in the Plan will receive an annual statement indicating the amount of cash and number of shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Units credited to the Director’s Account, as of the end of the preceding calendar year.

(g)     If adjustments are made to outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations and similar transactions, an appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number of shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Units credited to the Director’s Account.

(h)     Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Units that may be granted under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of adjustments to the outstanding Common Stock described in paragraph 10(f) hereof.

(i)      The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, and rights relating to the Plan, shall be determined solely in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

(j)      All claims and disputes between an Eligible Director and the Company arising out of the Plan shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the then current arbitration policy of the Company.  Notice of demand for arbitration shall be given in writing to the other party and shall be made within a reasonable time after the claim or dispute has arisen.  The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The provisions of this Section 10(i) shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(k)     If any term or provision of this Plan or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, then the remainder of the Plan, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision hereof shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

5


EX-12.1 8 a04-12472_1ex12d1.htm EX-12.1

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

THE ST. PAUL TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 3 0,

 

(in millions, except ratios)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and minority interest

 

$

425

 

$

561

 

$

757

 

$

1,569

 

Interest

 

69

 

38

 

171

 

130

 

Portion of rentals deemed to be interest

 

19

 

11

 

44

 

32

 

Income available for fixed charges

 

$

513

 

$

610

 

$

972

 

$

1,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

69

 

$

38

 

$

171

 

$

130

 

Portion of rentals deemed to be interest

 

19

 

11

 

44

 

32

 

Total fixed charges

 

88

 

49

 

215

 

162

 

Preferred stock dividend requirements

 

3

 

 

6

 

 

Total fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements

 

$

91

 

$

49

 

$

221

 

$

162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

5.83

 

12.45

 

4.52

 

10.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividend requirements

 

5.64

 

12.45

 

4.40

 

10.69

 

 

The data included in this exhibit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 reflects information for TPC for both periods, and information for SPC since the merger date of April 1, 2004.  Data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 reflect information for TPC only.

 

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing income before federal income taxes and minority interest and fixed charges by the fixed charges.  For purposes of this ratio, fixed charges consist of that portion of rentals deemed representative of the appropriate interest factor.

 


EX-31.1 9 a04-12472_1ex31d1.htm EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

Certification

 

I, Jay S. Fishman, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

November 8, 2004

 

By:

/s/

Jay S. Fishman

 

 

 

 

Jay S. Fishman

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


EX-31.2 10 a04-12472_1ex31d2.htm EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

Certification

 

I, Jay S. Benet, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

November 8, 2004

 

By:

/s/

Jay S. Benet

 

 

 

 

Jay S. Benet

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 


EX-32.1 11 a04-12472_1ex32d1.htm EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:

November 8, 2004

 

By:

/s/

Jay S. Fishman

 

 

Name:

Jay S. Fishman

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


EX-32.2 12 a04-12472_1ex32d2.htm EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:

November 8, 2004

 

By:

/s/ Jay S. Benet

 

 

Name:

Jay S. Benet

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----